Klryz

Scripture · Sanskrit Bible with the King James Version · the Pāli Canon

Monks’ Rules Analysis 133 भिक्खुविभङ्ग 133

Chapter: 123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180181182183184185186187188189190191192193194195196197198199200201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215216217218219220221

4. Catutthapārājikasikkhāpada

Pāli in Devanagari; under each word its Roman pronunciation, syllable by syllable (ṃ = nasal hum). Tap a Pāli word for its meaning (PTS Pāli-English Dictionary); tap again to open it in the Pāli dictionary.

Verse: 12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364656667686970717273747576777879808182838485868788899091929394959697989910010110210310410510610710810911011111211311411511611711811912012112212312412512612712812913013113213313413513613713813914014114214314414514614714814915015115215315415515615715815916016116216316416516616716816917017117217317417517617717817918018118218318418518618718818919019119219319419519619719819920020120220320420520620720820921021121221321421521621721821922022122222322422522622722822923023123223323423523623723823924024124224324424524624724824925025125225325425525625725825926026126226326426526626726826927027127227327427527627727827928028128228328428528628728828929029129229329429529629729829930030130230330430530630730830931031131231331431531631731831932032132232332432532632732832933033133233333433533633733833934034134234334434534634734834935035135235335435535635735835936036136236336436536636736836937037137237337437537637737837938038138238338438538638738838939039139239339439539639739839940040140240340440540640740840941041141241341441541641741841942042142242342442542642742842943043143243343443543643743843944044144244344444544644744844945045145245345445545645745845946046146246346446546646746846947047147247347447547647747847948048148248348448548648748848949049149249349449549649749849950050150250350450550650750850951051151251351451551651751851952052152252352452552652752852953053153253353453553653753853954054154254354454554654754854955055155255355455555655755855956056156256356456556656756856957057157257357457557657757857958058158258358458558658758858959059159259359459559659759859960060160260360460560660760860961061161261361461561661761861962062162262362462562662762862963063163263363463563663763863964064164264364464564664764864965065165265365465565665765865966066166266366466566666766866967067167267367467567667767867968068168268368468568668768868969069169269369469569669769869970070170270370470570670770870971071171271371471571671771871972072172272372472572672772872973073173273373473573673773873974074174274374474574674774874975075175275375475575675775875976076176276376476576676776876977077177277377477577677777877978078178278378478578678778878979079179279379479579679779879980080180280380480580680780880981081181281381481581681781881982082182282382482582682782882983083183283383483583683783883984084184284384484584684784884985085185285385485585685785885986086186286386486586686786886987087187287387487587687787887988088188288388488588688788888989089189289389489589689789889990090190290390490590690790890991091191291391491591691791891992092192292392492592692792892993093193293393493593693793893994094194294394494594694794894995095195295395495595695795895996096196296396496596696796896997097197297397497597697797897998098198298398498598698798898999099199299399499599699799899910001001100210031004100510061007100810091010101110121013101410151016101710181019102010211022102310241025102610271028102910301031103210331034103510361037103810391040104110421043104410451046104710481049105010511052105310541055105610571058105910601061106210631064106510661067106810691070107110721073107410751076107710781079108010811082108310841085108610871088108910901091109210931094109510961097109810991100110111021103110411051106110711081109111011111112111311141115111611171118111911201121112211231124112511261127112811291130113111321133113411351136113711381139114011411142114311441145114611471148114911501151115211531154115511561157115811591160116111621163116411651166116711681169117011711172117311741175117611771178117911801181118211831184118511861187118811891190119111921193119411951196119711981199120012011202120312041205120612071208120912101211121212131214121512161217121812191220122112221223122412251226122712281229123012311232123312341235123612371238123912401241124212431244124512461247124812491250125112521253125412551256125712581259126012611262126312641265126612671268126912701271127212731274127512761277127812791280128112821283128412851286128712881289129012911292129312941295129612971298129913001301130213031304130513061307130813091310131113121313131413151316131713181319132013211322132313241325132613271328132913301331133213331334133513361337133813391340134113421343134413451346134713481349135013511352135313541355135613571358135913601361136213631364136513661367136813691370137113721373137413751376137713781379138013811382138313841385138613871388138913901391139213931394139513961397139813991400140114021403140414051406140714081409141014111412141314141415141614171418141914201421142214231424142514261427142814291430143114321433143414351436143714381439144014411442144314441445144614471448144914501451145214531454145514561457145814591460 · Hide pronunciation

  1. 1

    थेरवादthe·ra·vā·da विनयvi·na·ya

    Theravāda Vinaya

    Theravāda Collection on Monastic Law

  2. 2

    महाविभङ्गma·hā·vi·bhaṅ·ga

    Mahāvibhaṅga

    The Great Analysis

  3. 3

    पाराजिककण्डpā·rā·ji·ka·kaṇ·ḍa

    Pārājikakaṇḍa

    The chapter on offenses entailing expulsion

  4. 4

    4। चतुत्थपाराजिकसिक्खापदca·tut·tha·pā·rā·ji·ka·sik·khā·pa·da

    4. Catutthapārājikasikkhāpada

    The training rule on falsely claiming a superhuman quality

  5. 5

    Origin story

  6. 6

    First substory

  7. 7

    तेनte·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na बुद्धोbud·dho भगवाbha·ga·vā वेसालियंve·sā·li·yaṃ विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti महावनेma·hā·va·ne कूटागारसालायं।kū·ṭā·gā·ra·sā·lā·yaṃ

    Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.

    At one time when the Buddha was staying in the house with the peaked roof in the Great Wood near Vesālī,

  8. 8

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā सन्दिट्ठाsan·diṭ·ṭhā सम्भत्ताsam·bhat·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū वग्गुमुदायvag·gu·mu·dā·ya नदियाna·di·yā तीरेtī·re वस्संvas·saṃ उपगच्छिंसु।u·pa·gac·chiṃ·su

    Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū vaggumudāya nadiyā tīre vassaṁ upagacchiṁsu.

    a number of monks who were friends had entered the rainy-season residence on the banks of the river Vaggumudā.

  9. 9

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na वज्जीvaj·jī दुब्भिक्खाdub·bhik·khā होतिho·ti द्वीहितिकाdvī·hi·ti·kā सेतट्ठिकाse·taṭ·ṭhi·kā सलाकावुत्ता,sa·lā·kā·vut·tā

    Tena kho pana samayena vajjī dubbhikkhā hoti dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā,

    At that time Vajjī was short of food and afflicted with hunger, with crops affected by whiteheads and turned to straw.

  10. 10

    नna सुकराsu·ka·rā उञ्छेनuñ·che·na पग्गहेनpag·ga·he·na यापेतुं।yā·pe·tuṃ

    na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṁ.

    It was not easy to get by on almsfood.

  11. 11

    अथa·tha खोkho तेसंte·saṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ एतदहोसि—“एतरहिe·ta·da·ho·si खोkho वज्जीvaj·jī दुब्भिक्खाdub·bhik·khā द्वीहितिकाdvī·hi·ti·kā सेतट्ठिकाse·taṭ·ṭhi·kā सलाकावुत्ता,sa·lā·kā·vut·tā नna सुकराsu·ka·rā उञ्छेनuñ·che·na पग्गहेनpag·ga·he·na यापेतुं।yā·pe·tuṃ

    Atha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—“etarahi kho vajjī dubbhikkhā dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā, na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṁ.

    The monks considered the difficult circumstances, and they thought,

  12. 12

    केनke·na नुnu खोkho मयंma·yaṃ उपायेनu·pā·ye·na समग्गाsa·mag·gā सम्मोदमानाsam·mo·da·mā·nā अविवदमानाa·vi·va·da·mā·nā फासुकंphā·su·kaṃ वस्संvas·saṃ वसेय्याम,va·sey·yā·ma

    Kena nu kho mayaṁ upāyena samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṁ vassaṁ vaseyyāma,

    “How can we have a comfortable rains, live in peace and harmony,

  13. 13

    नna चca पिण्डकेनpiṇ·ḍa·ke·na किलमेय्यामा”ति?ki·la·mey·yā·mā

    na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā”ti?

    and get almsfood without trouble?”

  14. 14

    एकच्चेe·kac·ce एवमाहंसु—e·va·mā·haṃ·su

    Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—

    Some said,

  15. 15

    “हन्दhan·da मयं,ma·yaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिहीनंgi·hī·naṃ कम्मन्तंkam·man·taṃ अधिट्ठेम,a·dhiṭ·ṭhe·ma

    “handa mayaṁ, āvuso, gihīnaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhema,

    “We could work for the householders,

  16. 16

    एवंe·vaṃ तेte अम्हाकंam·hā·kaṃ दातुंdā·tuṃ मञ्ञिस्सन्ति।mañ·ñis·san·ti

    evaṁ te amhākaṁ dātuṁ maññissanti.

    and they’ll support us in return.”

  17. 17

    एवंe·vaṃ मयंma·yaṃ समग्गाsa·mag·gā सम्मोदमानाsam·mo·da·mā·nā अविवदमानाa·vi·va·da·mā·nā फासुकंphā·su·kaṃ वस्संvas·saṃ वसिस्साम,va·sis·sā·ma

    Evaṁ mayaṁ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṁ vassaṁ vasissāma,

    (Pāli only)

  18. 18

    नna चca पिण्डकेनpiṇ·ḍa·ke·na किलमिस्सामा”ति।ki·la·mis·sā·mā

    na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā”ti.

    (Pāli only)

  19. 19

    एकच्चेe·kac·ce एवमाहंसु—e·va·mā·haṃ·su

    Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—

    Others said,

  20. 20

    “अलं,a·laṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so किंkiṃ गिहीनंgi·hī·naṃ कम्मन्तंkam·man·taṃ अधिट्ठितेन।a·dhiṭ·ṭhi·te·na

    “alaṁ, āvuso, kiṁ gihīnaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhitena.

    “There’s no need to work for the householders.

  21. 21

    हन्दhan·da मयं,ma·yaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिहीनंgi·hī·naṃ दूतेय्यंdū·tey·yaṃ हराम,ha·rā·ma

    Handa mayaṁ, āvuso, gihīnaṁ dūteyyaṁ harāma,

    Let’s instead take messages for them,

  22. 22

    एवंe·vaṃ तेte अम्हाकंam·hā·kaṃ दातुंdā·tuṃ मञ्ञिस्सन्ति।mañ·ñis·san·ti

    evaṁ te amhākaṁ dātuṁ maññissanti.

    and they’ll support us in return.”

  23. 23

    एवंe·vaṃ मयंma·yaṃ समग्गाsa·mag·gā सम्मोदमानाsam·mo·da·mā·nā अविवदमानाa·vi·va·da·mā·nā फासुकंphā·su·kaṃ वस्संvas·saṃ वसिस्साम,va·sis·sā·ma

    Evaṁ mayaṁ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṁ vassaṁ vasissāma,

    (Pāli only)

  24. 24

    नna चca पिण्डकेनpiṇ·ḍa·ke·na किलमिस्सामा”ति।ki·la·mis·sā·mā

    na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā”ti.

    (Pāli only)

  25. 25

    एकच्चेe·kac·ce एवमाहंसु—e·va·mā·haṃ·su

    Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—

    Still others said,

  26. 26

    “अलं,a·laṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so किंkiṃ गिहीनंgi·hī·naṃ कम्मन्तंkam·man·taṃ अधिट्ठितेन।a·dhiṭ·ṭhi·te·na

    “alaṁ, āvuso, kiṁ gihīnaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhitena.

    “There’s no need to work or take messages for them.

  27. 27

    किंkiṃ गिहीनंgi·hī·naṃ दूतेय्यंdū·tey·yaṃ हटेन।ha·ṭe·na

    Kiṁ gihīnaṁ dūteyyaṁ haṭena.

    (Pāli only)

  28. 28

    हन्दhan·da मयं,ma·yaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिहीनंgi·hī·naṃ अञ्ञमञ्ञस्सañ·ña·mañ·ñas·sa उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मस्सut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·mas·sa वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासिस्साम—bhā·sis·sā·ma

    Handa mayaṁ, āvuso, gihīnaṁ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsissāma—

    Let’s instead talk up one another’s superhuman qualities to the householders:

  29. 29

    ‘असुकोa·su·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभी,lā·bhī

    ‘asuko bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī,

    ‘That monk has the first absorption,

  30. 30

    असुकोa·su·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu दुतियस्सdu·ti·yas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभी,lā·bhī

    asuko bhikkhu dutiyassa jhānassa lābhī,

    that monk the second absorption,

  31. 31

    असुकोa·su·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu ततियस्सta·ti·yas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभी,lā·bhī

    asuko bhikkhu tatiyassa jhānassa lābhī,

    that monk the third,

  32. 32

    असुकोa·su·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu चतुत्थस्सca·tut·thas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभी,lā·bhī

    asuko bhikkhu catutthassa jhānassa lābhī,

    that monk the fourth;

  33. 33

    असुकोa·su·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu सोतापन्नो,so·tā·pan·no

    asuko bhikkhu sotāpanno,

    that monk is a streamenterer,

  34. 34

    असुकोa·su·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu सकदागामी,sa·ka·dā·gā·mī

    asuko bhikkhu sakadāgāmī,

    that monk a once-returner,

  35. 35

    असुकोa·su·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu अनागामी,a·nā·gā·mī

    asuko bhikkhu anāgāmī,

    that a non-returner,

  36. 36

    असुकोa·su·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu अरहा,a·ra·hā

    asuko bhikkhu arahā,

    that a perfected one;

  37. 37

    असुकोa·su·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu तेविज्जो,te·vij·jo

    asuko bhikkhu tevijjo,

    that monk has the three true insights,

  38. 38

    असुकोa·su·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu छळभिञ्ञो’ति।cha·ḷa·bhiñ·ño

    asuko bhikkhu chaḷabhiñño’ti.

    and that the six direct knowledges.’

  39. 39

    एवंe·vaṃ तेte अम्हाकंam·hā·kaṃ दातुंdā·tuṃ मञ्ञिस्सन्ति।mañ·ñis·san·ti

    Evaṁ te amhākaṁ dātuṁ maññissanti.

    Then they’ll support us.

  40. 40

    एवंe·vaṃ मयंma·yaṃ समग्गाsa·mag·gā सम्मोदमानाsam·mo·da·mā·nā अविवदमानाa·vi·va·da·mā·nā फासुकंphā·su·kaṃ वस्संvas·saṃ वसिस्साम,va·sis·sā·ma

    Evaṁ mayaṁ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṁ vassaṁ vasissāma,

    In this way we’ll have a comfortable and harmonious rains,

  41. 41

    नna चca पिण्डकेनpiṇ·ḍa·ke·na किलमिस्सामा”ति।ki·la·mis·sā·mā

    na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā”ti.

    and get almsfood without trouble.

  42. 42

    “एसोयेवe·so·ye·va खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so सेय्योsey·yo योyo अम्हाकंam·hā·kaṃ गिहीनंgi·hī·naṃ अञ्ञमञ्ञस्सañ·ña·mañ·ñas·sa उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मस्सut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·mas·sa वण्णोvaṇ·ṇo भासितो”ति।bhā·si·to

    “Esoyeva kho, āvuso, seyyo yo amhākaṁ gihīnaṁ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito”ti.

    This is the way to go.”

  43. 43

    अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū गिहीनंgi·hī·naṃ अञ्ञमञ्ञस्सañ·ña·mañ·ñas·sa उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मस्सut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·mas·sa वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासिंसु—bhā·siṃ·su

    Atha kho te bhikkhū gihīnaṁ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsiṁsu—

    Then those monks did just that.

  44. 44

    “असुकोa·su·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभीlā·bhī …पे…pe

    “asuko bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī …pe…

    (Pāli only)

  45. 45

    असुकोa·su·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu छळभिञ्ञो”ति।cha·ḷa·bhiñ·ño

    asuko bhikkhu chaḷabhiñño”ti.

    (Pāli only)

  46. 46

    अथa·tha खोkho तेte मनुस्सा—ma·nus·sā

    Atha kho te manussā—

    And the people there thought,

  47. 47

    “लाभाlā·bhā वतva·ta नो,no सुलद्धंsu·lad·dhaṃ वतva·ta नो,no येसंye·saṃ नोno एवरूपाe·va·rū·pā भिक्खूbhik·khū वस्संvas·saṃ उपगता;u·pa·ga·tā

    “lābhā vata no, suladdhaṁ vata no, yesaṁ no evarūpā bhikkhū vassaṁ upagatā;

    “We’re so fortunate that such monks have come to us for the rainy-season residence.

  48. 48

    नna वतva·ta नोno इतोi·to पुब्बेpub·be एवरूपाe·va·rū·pā भिक्खूbhik·khū वस्संvas·saṃ उपगताu·pa·ga·tā यथयिमेya·tha·yi·me भिक्खूbhik·khū सीलवन्तोsī·la·van·to कल्याणधम्मा”ति,kal·yā·ṇa·dham·mā

    na vata no ito pubbe evarūpā bhikkhū vassaṁ upagatā yathayime bhikkhū sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā”ti,

    Such virtuous and good monks have never before entered the rains residence with us.”

  49. 49

    तेte नna तादिसानिtā·di·sā·ni भोजनानिbho·ja·nā·ni अत्तनाat·ta·nā परिभुञ्जन्तिpa·ri·bhuñ·jan·ti मातापितूनंmā·tā·pi·tū·naṃ देन्तिden·ti पुत्तदारस्सput·ta·dā·ras·sa देन्तिden·ti दासकम्मकरपोरिसस्सdā·sa·kam·ma·ka·ra·po·ri·sas·sa देन्तिden·ti मित्तामच्चानंmit·tā·mac·cā·naṃ देन्तिden·ti ञातिसालोहितानंñā·ti·sā·lo·hi·tā·naṃ देन्ति,den·ti यादिसानिyā·di·sā·ni भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ देन्ति।den·ti

    te na tādisāni bhojanāni attanā paribhuñjanti mātāpitūnaṁ denti puttadārassa denti dāsakammakaraporisassa denti mittāmaccānaṁ denti ñātisālohitānaṁ denti, yādisāni bhikkhūnaṁ denti.

    And they gave such food and drink to those monks that they did not even eat and drink themselves, or give to their parents, to their wives and children, to their slaves, servants, and workers, to their friends and companions, or to their relatives.

  50. 50

    तेte नna तादिसानिtā·di·sā·ni खादनीयानिkhā·da·nī·yā·ni सायनीयानिsā·ya·nī·yā·ni पानानिpā·nā·ni अत्तनाat·ta·nā खादन्तिkhā·dan·ti सायन्तिsā·yan·ti पिवन्तिpi·van·ti मातापितूनंmā·tā·pi·tū·naṃ देन्तिden·ti पुत्तदारस्सput·ta·dā·ras·sa देन्तिden·ti दासकम्मकरपोरिसस्सdā·sa·kam·ma·ka·ra·po·ri·sas·sa देन्तिden·ti मित्तामच्चानंmit·tā·mac·cā·naṃ देन्तिden·ti ञातिसालोहितानंñā·ti·sā·lo·hi·tā·naṃ देन्ति,den·ti यादिसानिyā·di·sā·ni भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ देन्ति।den·ti

    Te na tādisāni khādanīyāni sāyanīyāni pānāni attanā khādanti sāyanti pivanti mātāpitūnaṁ denti puttadārassa denti dāsakammakaraporisassa denti mittāmaccānaṁ denti ñātisālohitānaṁ denti, yādisāni bhikkhūnaṁ denti.

    (Pāli only)

  51. 51

    अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū वण्णवाvaṇ·ṇa·vā अहेसुंa·he·suṃ पीणिन्द्रियाpī·ṇin·dri·yā पसन्नमुखवण्णाpa·san·na·mu·kha·vaṇ·ṇā विप्पसन्नछविवण्णा।vip·pa·san·na·cha·vi·vaṇ·ṇā

    Atha kho te bhikkhū vaṇṇavā ahesuṁ pīṇindriyā pasannamukhavaṇṇā vippasannachavivaṇṇā.

    Soon those monks had a good color, bright faces, clear skin, and sharp senses.

  52. 52

    आचिण्णंā·ciṇ·ṇaṃ खोkho पनेतंpa·ne·taṃ वस्संवुट्ठानंvas·saṃ·vuṭ·ṭhā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ दस्सनायdas·sa·nā·ya उपसङ्कमितुं।u·pa·saṅ·ka·mi·tuṃ

    Āciṇṇaṁ kho panetaṁ vassaṁvuṭṭhānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.

    Now it was the custom for monks who had completed the rainy-season residence to go and visit the Buddha.

  53. 53

    अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū वस्संवुट्ठाvas·saṃ·vuṭ·ṭhā तेमासच्चयेनte·mā·sac·ca·ye·na सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ संसामेत्वाsaṃ·sā·met·vā पत्तचीवरंpat·ta·cī·va·raṃ आदायā·dā·ya येनye·na वेसालीve·sā·lī तेनte·na पक्कमिंसु।pak·ka·miṃ·su

    Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṁvuṭṭhā temāsaccayena senāsanaṁ saṁsāmetvā pattacīvaraṁ ādāya yena vesālī tena pakkamiṁsu.

    And so, when the three months were over and they had completed the rains residence, those monks put their dwellings in order, took their bowls and robes, and set out for Vesālī.

  54. 54

    अनुपुब्बेनa·nu·pub·be·na येनye·na वेसालीve·sā·lī महावनंma·hā·va·naṃ कूटागारसालाkū·ṭā·gā·ra·sā·lā येनye·na भगवाbha·ga·vā तेनुपसङ्कमिंसु;te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·miṃ·su उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ अभिवादेत्वाa·bhi·vā·det·vā एकमन्तंe·ka·man·taṃ निसीदिंसु।ni·sī·diṃ·su

    Anupubbena yena vesālī mahāvanaṁ kūṭāgārasālā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.

    When they eventually arrived, they went to the house with the peaked roof in the Great Wood. There they approached the Buddha, bowed, and sat down.

  55. 55

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na दिसासुdi·sā·su वस्संवुट्ठाvas·saṃ·vuṭ·ṭhā भिक्खूbhik·khū किसाki·sā होन्तिhon·ti लूखाlū·khā दुब्बण्णाdub·baṇ·ṇā उप्पण्डुप्पण्डुकजाताup·paṇ·ḍup·paṇ·ḍu·ka·jā·tā धमनिसन्थतगत्ता;dha·ma·ni·san·tha·ta·gat·tā

    Tena kho pana samayena disāsu vassaṁvuṭṭhā bhikkhū kisā honti lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā dhamanisanthatagattā;

    At that time the monks who had completed the rains residence in that region were thin, haggard, and pale, with veins protruding all over their bodies.

  56. 56

    वग्गुमुदातीरियाvag·gu·mu·dā·tī·ri·yā पनpa·na भिक्खूbhik·khū वण्णवाvaṇ·ṇa·vā होन्तिhon·ti पीणिन्द्रियाpī·ṇin·dri·yā पसन्नमुखवण्णाpa·san·na·mu·kha·vaṇ·ṇā विप्पसन्नछविवण्णा।vip·pa·san·na·cha·vi·vaṇ·ṇā

    vaggumudātīriyā pana bhikkhū vaṇṇavā honti pīṇindriyā pasannamukhavaṇṇā vippasannachavivaṇṇā.

    Yet the monks from the banks of the Vaggumudā had a good color, bright faces, clear skin, and sharp senses.

  57. 57

    आचिण्णंā·ciṇ·ṇaṃ खोkho पनेतंpa·ne·taṃ बुद्धानंbud·dhā·naṃ भगवन्तानंbha·ga·van·tā·naṃ आगन्तुकेहिā·gan·tu·ke·hi भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ पटिसम्मोदितुं।pa·ṭi·sam·mo·di·tuṃ

    Āciṇṇaṁ kho panetaṁ buddhānaṁ bhagavantānaṁ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ paṭisammodituṁ.

    Since it is the custom for Buddhas to greet newly-arrived monks,

  58. 58

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā वग्गुमुदातीरियेvag·gu·mu·dā·tī·ri·ye भिक्खूbhik·khū एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etadavoca—

    the Buddha said to them,

  59. 59

    “कच्चि,kac·ci भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve खमनीयंkha·ma·nī·yaṃ कच्चिkac·ci यापनीयंyā·pa·nī·yaṃ

    “kacci, bhikkhave, khamanīyaṁ kacci yāpanīyaṁ

    “I hope you’re keeping well, monks, I hope you’re getting by?

  60. 60

    कच्चिkac·ci समग्गाsa·mag·gā सम्मोदमानाsam·mo·da·mā·nā अविवदमानाa·vi·va·da·mā·nā फासुकंphā·su·kaṃ वस्संvas·saṃ वसित्थ,va·sit·tha नna चca पिण्डकेनpiṇ·ḍa·ke·na किलमित्था”ति?ki·la·mit·thā

    kacci samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṁ vassaṁ vasittha, na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā”ti?

    I hope you had a comfortable and harmonious rains, and got almsfood without trouble?”

  61. 61

    “खमनीयं,kha·ma·nī·yaṃ भगवा,bha·ga·vā यापनीयं,yā·pa·nī·yaṃ भगवा।bha·ga·vā

    “Khamanīyaṁ, bhagavā, yāpanīyaṁ, bhagavā.

    “We’re keeping well, sir, we’re getting by.

  62. 62

    समग्गाsa·mag·gā चca मयं,ma·yaṃ भन्ते,bhan·te सम्मोदमानाsam·mo·da·mā·nā अविवदमानाa·vi·va·da·mā·nā फासुकंphā·su·kaṃ वस्संvas·saṃ वसिम्हा,va·sim·hā नna चca पिण्डकेनpiṇ·ḍa·ke·na किलमिम्हा”ति।ki·la·mim·hā

    Samaggā ca mayaṁ, bhante, sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṁ vassaṁ vasimhā, na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā”ti.

    We had a comfortable and harmonious rains, and got almsfood without trouble.”

  63. 63

    जानन्तापिjā·nan·tā·pi तथागताta·thā·ga·tā पुच्छन्ति,puc·chan·ti जानन्तापिjā·nan·tā·pi नna पुच्छन्तिpuc·chan·ti …पे…pe

    Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti …pe…

    When Buddhas know what is going on, sometimes they ask and sometimes not. They know the right time to ask and when not to ask. Buddhas ask when it is beneficial, otherwise they do not, for Buddhas are incapable of doing what is unbeneficial.

  64. 64

    द्वीहाकारेहिdvī·hā·kā·re·hi बुद्धाbud·dhā भगवन्तोbha·ga·van·to भिक्खूbhik·khū पटिपुच्छन्ति—pa·ṭi·puc·chan·ti “धम्मंdham·maṃ वाvā देसेस्साम,de·ses·sā·ma सावकानंsā·va·kā·naṃ वाvā सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञपेस्सामा”ति।pañ·ña·pes·sā·mā

    dvīhākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti— “dhammaṁ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṁ vā sikkhāpadaṁ paññapessāmā”ti.

    Buddhas question the monks for two reasons: to give a teaching or to lay down a training rule.

  65. 65

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā वग्गुमुदातीरियेvag·gu·mu·dā·tī·ri·ye भिक्खूbhik·khū एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etadavoca—

    And the Buddha said to those monks,

  66. 66

    “यथाya·thā कथंka·thaṃ पनpa·na तुम्हे,tum·he भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve समग्गाsa·mag·gā सम्मोदमानाsam·mo·da·mā·nā अविवदमानाa·vi·va·da·mā·nā फासुकंphā·su·kaṃ वस्संvas·saṃ वसित्थva·sit·tha नna चca पिण्डकेनpiṇ·ḍa·ke·na किलमित्था”ति?ki·la·mit·thā

    “yathā kathaṁ pana tumhe, bhikkhave, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṁ vassaṁ vasittha na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā”ti?

    “In what way, monks, did you have a comfortable and harmonious rains? And how did you get almsfood without trouble?”

  67. 67

    अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    They then told him.

  68. 68

    “कच्चिkac·ci पनpa·na वो,vo भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भूतन्”ति?bhū·tan

    “Kacci pana vo, bhikkhave, bhūtan”ti?

    “But did you really have those superhuman qualities?”

  69. 69

    “अभूतं,a·bhū·taṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

    “Abhūtaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

    “No, sir.”

  70. 70

    विगरहिvi·ga·ra·hi बुद्धोbud·dho भगवा—bha·ga·vā

    Vigarahi buddho bhagavā—

    The Buddha rebuked them,

  71. 71

    “अननुच्छविकं,a·na·nuc·cha·vi·kaṃ मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā अननुलोमिकंa·na·nu·lo·mi·kaṃ अप्पतिरूपंap·pa·ti·rū·paṃ अस्सामणकंas·sā·ma·ṇa·kaṃ अकप्पियंa·kap·pi·yaṃ अकरणीयं।a·ka·ra·ṇī·yaṃ

    “ananucchavikaṁ, moghapurisā, ananulomikaṁ appatirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.

    “It’s not suitable, foolish men, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done.

  72. 72

    कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma तुम्हे,tum·he मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā उदरस्सu·da·ras·sa कारणाkā·ra·ṇā गिहीनंgi·hī·naṃ अञ्ञमञ्ञस्सañ·ña·mañ·ñas·sa उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मस्सut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·mas·sa वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासिस्सथ।bhā·sis·sa·tha

    Kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, udarassa kāraṇā gihīnaṁ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsissatha.

    How could you for the sake of your stomachs talk up one another’s superhuman qualities to householders?

  73. 73

    वरंva·raṃ तुम्हेहि,tum·he·hi मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā तिण्हेनtiṇ·he·na गोविकन्तनेनgo·vi·kan·ta·ne·na कुच्छिkuc·chi परिकन्तो,pa·ri·kan·to नna त्वेवtve·va उदरस्सu·da·ras·sa कारणाkā·ra·ṇā गिहीनंgi·hī·naṃ अञ्ञमञ्ञस्सañ·ña·mañ·ñas·sa उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मस्सut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·mas·sa वण्णोvaṇ·ṇo भासितो।bhā·si·to

    Varaṁ tumhehi, moghapurisā, tiṇhena govikantanena kucchi parikanto, na tveva udarassa kāraṇā gihīnaṁ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito.

    It would be better for your bellies to be cut open with a sharp butcher’s knife than for you to talk up one another’s superhuman qualities to householders.

  74. 74

    तंtaṃ किस्सkis·sa हेतु?he·tu

    Taṁ kissa hetu?

    Why is that?

  75. 75

    ततोनिदानञ्हि,ta·to·ni·dā·nañ·hi मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā मरणंma·ra·ṇaṃ वाvā निगच्छेय्यni·gac·chey·ya मरणमत्तंma·ra·ṇa·mat·taṃ वाvā दुक्खं,duk·khaṃ

    Tatonidānañhi, moghapurisā, maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhaṁ,

    For although it might cause death or death-like suffering,

  76. 76

    नna त्वेवtve·va तप्पच्चयाtap·pac·ca·yā कायस्सkā·yas·sa भेदाbhe·dā परंpa·raṃ मरणाma·ra·ṇā अपायंa·pā·yaṃ दुग्गतिंdug·ga·tiṃ विनिपातंvi·ni·pā·taṃ निरयंni·ra·yaṃ उपपज्जेय्य।u·pa·paj·jey·ya

    na tveva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya.

    it would not cause you to be reborn in a bad destination.

  77. 77

    इतोनिदानञ्चi·to·ni·dā·nañ·ca खो,kho मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā कायस्सkā·yas·sa भेदाbhe·dā परंpa·raṃ मरणाma·ra·ṇā अपायंa·pā·yaṃ दुग्गतिंdug·ga·tiṃ विनिपातंvi·ni·pā·taṃ निरयंni·ra·yaṃ उपपज्जेय्य।u·pa·paj·jey·ya

    Itonidānañca kho, moghapurisā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya.

    But <em>this</em> might.

  78. 78

    नेतं,ne·taṃ मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā अप्पसन्नानंap·pa·san·nā·naṃ वाvā पसादायpa·sā·dā·ya …पे…pe

    Netaṁ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya …pe…

    This will affect people’s confidence …”

  79. 79

    विगरहित्वाvi·ga·ra·hit·vā धम्मिंdham·miṃ कथंka·thaṃ कत्वाkat·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    vigarahitvā dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

    After rebuking them and giving a teaching, he addressed the monks:

  80. 80

    “पञ्चिमे,pañ·ci·me भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महाचोराma·hā·co·rā सन्तोsan·to संविज्जमानाsaṃ·vij·ja·mā·nā लोकस्मिं।lo·kas·miṃ

    “Pañcime, bhikkhave, mahācorā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.

    “Monks, there are these five notorious gangsters to be found in the world.

  81. 81

    कतमेka·ta·me पञ्च?pañ·ca

    Katame pañca?

    What five?

  82. 82

    इध,i·dha भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve एकच्चस्सe·kac·cas·sa महाचोरस्सma·hā·co·ras·sa एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

    Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa mahācorassa evaṁ hoti—

    There is the notorious gangster who thinks like this:

  83. 83

    ‘कुदास्सुku·dās·su नामाहंnā·mā·haṃ सतेनsa·te·na वाvā सहस्सेनsa·has·se·na वाvā परिवुतोpa·ri·vu·to गामनिगमराजधानीसुgā·ma·ni·ga·ma·rā·ja·dhā·nī·su आहिण्डिस्सामिā·hiṇ·ḍis·sā·mi

    ‘kudāssu nāmāhaṁ satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu āhiṇḍissāmi

    ‘When the heck will I walk about in villages, towns, and royal capitals, with a following of a hundred or a thousand men,

  84. 84

    हनन्तोha·nan·to घातेन्तोghā·ten·to छिन्दन्तोchin·dan·to छेदापेन्तोche·dā·pen·to पचन्तोpa·can·to पाचेन्तो’ति।pā·cen·to

    hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento’ti.

    killing, destroying, and torturing?’

  85. 85

    सोso अपरेनa·pa·re·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सतेनsa·te·na वाvā सहस्सेनsa·has·se·na वाvā परिवुतोpa·ri·vu·to गामनिगमराजधानीसुgā·ma·ni·ga·ma·rā·ja·dhā·nī·su आहिण्डतिā·hiṇ·ḍa·ti हनन्तोha·nan·to घातेन्तोghā·ten·to छिन्दन्तोchin·dan·to छेदापेन्तोche·dā·pen·to पचन्तोpa·can·to पाचेन्तो।pā·cen·to

    So aparena samayena satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu āhiṇḍati hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento.

    Then after some time, he does just that.

  86. 86

    एवमेवe·va·me·va खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इधेकच्चस्सi·dhe·kac·cas·sa पापभिक्खुनोpā·pa·bhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

    Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekaccassa pāpabhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

    Just so, monks, a bad monk thinks like this:

  87. 87

    ‘कुदास्सुku·dās·su नामाहंnā·mā·haṃ सतेनsa·te·na वाvā सहस्सेनsa·has·se·na वाvā परिवुतोpa·ri·vu·to गामनिगमराजधानीसुgā·ma·ni·ga·ma·rā·ja·dhā·nī·su चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरिस्सामिca·ris·sā·mi

    ‘kudāssu nāmāhaṁ satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu cārikaṁ carissāmi

    ‘When the heck will I walk about in villages, towns, and royal capitals, with a following of a hundred or a thousand people,

  88. 88

    सक्कतोsak·ka·to गरुकतोga·ru·ka·to मानितोmā·ni·to पूजितोpū·ji·to अपचितोa·pa·ci·to गहट्ठानञ्चेवga·haṭ·ṭhā·nañ·ce·va पब्बजितानञ्च,pab·ba·ji·tā·nañ·ca लाभीlā·bhī चीवरपिण्डपातसेनासनगिलानप्पच्चयभेसज्जपरिक्खारानन्’ति।cī·va·ra·piṇ·ḍa·pā·ta·se·nā·sa·na·gi·lā·nap·pac·ca·ya·bhe·saj·ja·pa·rik·khā·rā·nan

    sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito gahaṭṭhānañceva pabbajitānañca, lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānan’ti.

    being honored, respected, and revered by both lay people and those gone forth, getting robes, almsfood, dwellings, and medicinal supplies?’

  89. 89

    सोso अपरेनa·pa·re·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सतेनsa·te·na वाvā सहस्सेनsa·has·se·na वाvā परिवुतोpa·ri·vu·to गामनिगमराजधानीसुgā·ma·ni·ga·ma·rā·ja·dhā·nī·su चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरतिca·ra·ti सक्कतोsak·ka·to गरुकतोga·ru·ka·to मानितोmā·ni·to पूजितोpū·ji·to अपचितोa·pa·ci·to गहट्ठानञ्चेवga·haṭ·ṭhā·nañ·ce·va पब्बजितानञ्च,pab·ba·ji·tā·nañ·ca लाभीlā·bhī चीवरपिण्डपातसेनासनगिलानप्पच्चयभेसज्जपरिक्खारानं।cī·va·ra·piṇ·ḍa·pā·ta·se·nā·sa·na·gi·lā·nap·pac·ca·ya·bhe·saj·ja·pa·rik·khā·rā·naṃ

    So aparena samayena satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu cārikaṁ carati sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito gahaṭṭhānañceva pabbajitānañca, lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ.

    Then after some time, he does just that.

  90. 90

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पठमोpa·ṭha·mo महाचोरोma·hā·co·ro सन्तोsan·to संविज्जमानोsaṃ·vij·ja·mā·no लोकस्मिं।lo·kas·miṃ

    Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo mahācoro santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.

    This is the first notorious gangster to be found in the world.

  91. 91

    पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इधेकच्चोi·dhe·kac·co पापभिक्खुpā·pa·bhik·khu तथागतप्पवेदितंta·thā·ga·tap·pa·ve·di·taṃ धम्मविनयंdham·ma·vi·na·yaṃ परियापुणित्वाpa·ri·yā·pu·ṇit·vā अत्तनोat·ta·no दहति।da·ha·ti

    Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco pāpabhikkhu tathāgatappaveditaṁ dhammavinayaṁ pariyāpuṇitvā attano dahati.

    Or a bad monk learns the spiritual path proclaimed by the Buddha and takes it as his own.

  92. 92

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve दुतियोdu·ti·yo महाचोरोma·hā·co·ro सन्तोsan·to संविज्जमानोsaṃ·vij·ja·mā·no लोकस्मिं।lo·kas·miṃ

    Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo mahācoro santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.

    This is the second notorious gangster to be found in the world.

  93. 93

    पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इधेकच्चोi·dhe·kac·co पापभिक्खुpā·pa·bhik·khu सुद्धंsud·dhaṃ ब्रह्मचारिंbrah·ma·cā·riṃ परिसुद्धंpa·ri·sud·dhaṃ ब्रह्मचरियंbrah·ma·ca·ri·yaṃ चरन्तंca·ran·taṃ अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na अब्रह्मचरियेनab·rah·ma·ca·ri·ye·na अनुद्धंसेति।a·nud·dhaṃ·se·ti

    Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco pāpabhikkhu suddhaṁ brahmacāriṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carantaṁ amūlakena abrahmacariyena anuddhaṁseti.

    Or a bad monk groundlessly charges someone living a pure spiritual life with a sexual offense.

  94. 94

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve ततियोta·ti·yo महाचोरोma·hā·co·ro सन्तोsan·to संविज्जमानोsaṃ·vij·ja·mā·no लोकस्मिं।lo·kas·miṃ

    Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo mahācoro santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.

    This is the third notorious gangster to be found in the world.

  95. 95

    पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इधेकच्चोi·dhe·kac·co पापभिक्खुpā·pa·bhik·khu यानिyā·ni तानिtā·ni सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa गरुभण्डानिga·ru·bhaṇ·ḍā·ni गरुपरिक्खारानि,ga·ru·pa·rik·khā·rā·ni सेय्यथिदं—sey·ya·thi·daṃ

    Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco pāpabhikkhu yāni tāni saṅghassa garubhaṇḍāni garuparikkhārāni, seyyathidaṁ—

    Or a bad monk takes valuable goods and requisites from the Sangha—

  96. 96

    आरामोā·rā·mo आरामवत्थुā·rā·ma·vat·thu विहारोvi·hā·ro विहारवत्थुvi·hā·ra·vat·thu मञ्चोmañ·co पीठंpī·ṭhaṃ भिसिbhi·si बिब्बोहनंbib·bo·ha·naṃ लोहकुम्भीlo·ha·kum·bhī लोहभाणकंlo·ha·bhā·ṇa·kaṃ लोहवारकोlo·ha·vā·ra·ko लोहकटाहंlo·ha·ka·ṭā·haṃ वासिvā·si परसुpa·ra·su कुठारीku·ṭhā·rī कुदालोku·dā·lo निखादनंni·khā·da·naṃ वल्लिval·li वेळुve·ḷu मुञ्जंmuñ·jaṃ पब्बजंpab·ba·jaṃ तिणंti·ṇaṃ मत्तिकाmat·ti·kā दारुभण्डंdā·ru·bhaṇ·ḍaṃ मत्तिकाभण्डं,mat·ti·kā·bhaṇ·ḍaṃ

    ārāmo ārāmavatthu vihāro vihāravatthu mañco pīṭhaṁ bhisi bibbohanaṁ lohakumbhī lohabhāṇakaṁ lohavārako lohakaṭāhaṁ vāsi parasu kuṭhārī kudālo nikhādanaṁ valli veḷu muñjaṁ pabbajaṁ tiṇaṁ mattikā dārubhaṇḍaṁ mattikābhaṇḍaṁ,

    a monastery, the site of a monastery, a dwelling, the site of a dwelling, a bed, a bench, a mattress, a pillow, a metal pot, a metal jar, a metal bucket, a metal bowl, a machete, a hatchet, an ax, a spade, a chisel, a creeper, bamboo, a reed, grass, clay, wooden goods, ceramic goods—

  97. 97

    तेहिte·hi गिहिंgi·hiṃ सङ्गण्हातिsaṅ·gaṇ·hā·ti उपलापेति।u·pa·lā·pe·ti

    tehi gihiṁ saṅgaṇhāti upalāpeti.

    and uses them to bribe and create a following among householders.

  98. 98

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve चतुत्थोca·tut·tho महाचोरोma·hā·co·ro सन्तोsan·to संविज्जमानोsaṃ·vij·ja·mā·no लोकस्मिं।lo·kas·miṃ

    Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, catuttho mahācoro santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.

    This is the fourth notorious gangster to be found in the world.

  99. 99

    सदेवके,sa·de·va·ke भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve लोकेlo·ke समारकेsa·mā·ra·ke सब्रह्मकेsab·rah·ma·ke सस्समणब्राह्मणियाsas·sa·ma·ṇab·rāh·ma·ṇi·yā पजायpa·jā·ya सदेवमनुस्सायsa·de·va·ma·nus·sā·ya अयंa·yaṃ अग्गोag·go महाचोरोma·hā·co·ro योyo असन्तंa·san·taṃ अभूतंa·bhū·taṃ उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ उल्लपति।ul·la·pa·ti

    Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ayaṁ aggo mahācoro yo asantaṁ abhūtaṁ uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapati.

    But in this world with its gods, lords of death, and supreme beings, in this society with its monastics and brahmins, its gods and humans, this is the most notorious gangster of all: one who claims to have a non-existent superhuman quality.

  100. 100

    तंtaṃ किस्सkis·sa हेतु?he·tu

    Taṁ kissa hetu?

    Why is that?

  101. 101

    थेय्यायthey·yā·ya वो,vo भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve रट्ठपिण्डोraṭ·ṭha·piṇ·ḍo भुत्तो”ति।bhut·to

    Theyyāya vo, bhikkhave, raṭṭhapiṇḍo bhutto”ti.

    Monks, you’ve eaten the country’s almsfood by theft.”

  102. 102

    अञ्ञथाañ·ña·thā सन्तमत्तानं,san·ta·mat·tā·naṃ

    Aññathā santamattānaṁ,

    “Whoever should declare himself

  103. 103

    अञ्ञथाañ·ña·thā योyo पवेदये;pa·ve·da·ye

    aññathā yo pavedaye;

    To be other than he truly is,

  104. 104

    निकच्चni·kac·ca कितवस्सेव,ki·ta·vas·se·va

    Nikacca kitavasseva,

    Has eaten this by theft,

  105. 105

    भुत्तंbhut·taṃ थेय्येनthey·ye·na तस्सtas·sa तं।taṃ

    bhuttaṁ theyyena tassa taṁ.

    Like a cheater who has deceived.

  106. 106

    कासावकण्ठाkā·sā·va·kaṇ·ṭhā बहवो,ba·ha·vo

    Kāsāvakaṇṭhā bahavo,

    Many ocher-necks of bad qualities,

  107. 107

    पापधम्माpā·pa·dham·mā असञ्ञता;a·sañ·ña·tā

    pāpadhammā asaññatā;

    Uncontrolled and wicked—

  108. 108

    पापाpā·pā पापेहिpā·pe·hi कम्मेहि,kam·me·hi

    Pāpā pāpehi kammehi,

    By their wicked deeds,

  109. 109

    निरयंni·ra·yaṃ तेte उपपज्जरे।u·pa·paj·ja·re

    nirayaṁ te upapajjare.

    They are reborn in hell.

  110. 110

    सेय्योsey·yo अयोगुळोa·yo·gu·ḷo भुत्तो,bhut·to

    Seyyo ayoguḷo bhutto,

    It’s better to eat an iron ball,

  111. 111

    तत्तोtat·to अग्गिसिखूपमो;ag·gi·si·khū·pa·mo

    tatto aggisikhūpamo;

    As hot as a licking flame,

  112. 112

    यञ्चेyañ·ce भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya दुस्सीलो,dus·sī·lo

    Yañce bhuñjeyya dussīlo,

    Than for the immoral and uncontrolled

  113. 113

    रट्ठपिण्डंraṭ·ṭha·piṇ·ḍaṃ असञ्ञतोति।a·sañ·ña·to·ti

    raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ asaññatoti.

    To eat the country’s alms.”

  114. 114

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā वग्गुमुदातीरियेvag·gu·mu·dā·tī·ri·ye भिक्खूbhik·khū अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na विगरहित्वाvi·ga·ra·hit·vā दुब्भरतायdub·bha·ra·tā·ya दुप्पोसतायdup·po·sa·tā·ya …पे…pe

    Atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya …pe…

    After rebuking the monks from the banks of the Vaggumudā in many ways for being difficult to maintain, difficult to support …

  115. 115

    एवञ्चe·vañ·ca पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमंi·maṃ सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ उद्दिसेय्याथ—ud·di·sey·yā·tha

    evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ uddiseyyātha—

    “And, monks, this training rule should be recited like this:

  116. 116

    Preliminary ruling

  117. 117

    “योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अनभिजानंa·na·bhi·jā·naṃ उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ अत्तुपनायिकंat·tu·pa·nā·yi·kaṃ अलमरियञाणदस्सनंa·la·ma·ri·ya·ñā·ṇa·das·sa·naṃ समुदाचरेय्य—‘इतिsa·mu·dā·ca·rey·ya जानामिjā·nā·mi इतिi·ti पस्सामी’ति,pas·sā·mī

    “Yo pana bhikkhu anabhijānaṁ uttarimanussadhammaṁ attupanāyikaṁ alamariyañāṇadassanaṁ samudācareyya—‘iti jānāmi iti passāmī’ti,

    ‘If a monk falsely claims for himself a superhuman quality, a knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones, saying, “This I know, this I see,”

  118. 118

    ततोta·to अपरेनa·pa·re·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na समनुग्गाहीयमानोsa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no वाvā असमनुग्गाहीयमानोa·sa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no वाvā आपन्नोā·pan·no विसुद्धापेक्खोvi·sud·dhā·pek·kho एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य—‘अजानमेवं,va·dey·ya आवुसो,ā·vu·so अवचंa·va·caṃ जानामि,jā·nā·mi अपस्संa·pas·saṃ पस्सामि।pas·sā·mi तुच्छंtuc·chaṃ मुसाmu·sā विलपिन्’ति,vi·la·pin

    tato aparena samayena samanuggāhīyamāno vā asamanuggāhīyamāno vā āpanno visuddhāpekkho evaṁ vadeyya—‘ajānamevaṁ, āvuso, avacaṁ jānāmi, apassaṁ passāmi. Tucchaṁ musā vilapin’ti,

    but after some time—whether he is questioned or not, but having committed the offense and seeking purification—should say: “Not knowing I said that I know, not seeing that I see; what I said was empty and false,”

  119. 119

    अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतिho·ti असंवासो”ति।a·saṃ·vā·so

    ayampi pārājiko hoti asaṁvāso”ti.

    he too is expelled and excluded from the community.’”

  120. 120

    एवञ्चिदंe·vañ·ci·daṃ भगवताbha·ga·va·tā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तंpañ·ñat·taṃ होति।ho·ti

    Evañcidaṁ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ hoti.

    In this way the Buddha laid down this training rule for the monks.

  121. 121

    Second substory

  122. 122

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खूbhik·khū अदिट्ठेa·diṭ·ṭhe दिट्ठसञ्ञिनोdiṭ·ṭha·sañ·ñi·no अपत्तेa·pat·te पत्तसञ्ञिनोpat·ta·sañ·ñi·no अनधिगतेa·na·dhi·ga·te अधिगतसञ्ञिनोa·dhi·ga·ta·sañ·ñi·no असच्छिकतेa·sac·chi·ka·te सच्छिकतसञ्ञिनोsac·chi·ka·ta·sañ·ñi·no अधिमानेनa·dhi·mā·ne·na अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ ब्याकरिंसु।byā·ka·riṃ·su

    Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū adiṭṭhe diṭṭhasaññino apatte pattasaññino anadhigate adhigatasaññino asacchikate sacchikatasaññino adhimānena aññaṁ byākariṁsu.

    Soon afterwards a number of monks, thinking they had seen and realized what in fact they had not, declared final knowledge because of overestimation.

  123. 123

    तेसंte·saṃ अपरेनa·pa·re·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na रागायपिrā·gā·ya·pi चित्तंcit·taṃ नमतिna·ma·ti दोसायपिdo·sā·ya·pi चित्तंcit·taṃ नमतिna·ma·ti मोहायपिmo·hā·ya·pi चित्तंcit·taṃ नमति।na·ma·ti

    Tesaṁ aparena samayena rāgāyapi cittaṁ namati dosāyapi cittaṁ namati mohāyapi cittaṁ namati.

    After some time, their minds inclined to sensual desire, ill will, and confusion.

  124. 124

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसि—a·ho·si

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi—

    They became anxious, thinking,

  125. 125

    “भगवताbha·ga·va·tā सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तं।pañ·ñat·taṃ

    “bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ.

    “The Buddha has laid down a training rule,

  126. 126

    मयञ्चम्हma·yañ·cam·ha अदिट्ठेa·diṭ·ṭhe दिट्ठसञ्ञिनोdiṭ·ṭha·sañ·ñi·no अपत्तेa·pat·te पत्तसञ्ञिनोpat·ta·sañ·ñi·no अनधिगतेa·na·dhi·ga·te अधिगतसञ्ञिनोa·dhi·ga·ta·sañ·ñi·no असच्छिकतेa·sac·chi·ka·te सच्छिकतसञ्ञिनो,sac·chi·ka·ta·sañ·ñi·no अधिमानेनa·dhi·mā·ne·na अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ ब्याकरिम्हा।byā·ka·rim·hā

    Mayañcamha adiṭṭhe diṭṭhasaññino apatte pattasaññino anadhigate adhigatasaññino asacchikate sacchikatasaññino, adhimānena aññaṁ byākarimhā.

    yet we declared final knowledge because of overestimation.

  127. 127

    कच्चिkac·ci नुnu खोkho मयंma·yaṃ पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपन्ना”ति?ā·pan·nā

    Kacci nu kho mayaṁ pārājikaṁ āpattiṁ āpannā”ti?

    Could it be that we’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion?”

  128. 128

    तेte आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to आनन्दस्सā·nan·das·sa एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Te āyasmato ānandassa etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    They told Venerable Ānanda,

  129. 129

    आयस्माā·yas·mā आनन्दोā·nan·do भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

    Āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

    who told the Buddha.

  130. 130

    “होन्तिhon·ti येye ते,te आनन्द,ā·nan·da भिक्खूbhik·khū अदिट्ठेa·diṭ·ṭhe दिट्ठसञ्ञिनोdiṭ·ṭha·sañ·ñi·no अपत्तेa·pat·te पत्तसञ्ञिनोpat·ta·sañ·ñi·no अनधिगतेa·na·dhi·ga·te अधिगतसञ्ञिनोa·dhi·ga·ta·sañ·ñi·no असच्छिकतेa·sac·chi·ka·te सच्छिकतसञ्ञिनोsac·chi·ka·ta·sañ·ñi·no अधिमानेनa·dhi·mā·ne·na अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ ब्याकरोन्ति।byā·ka·ron·ti

    “Honti ye te, ānanda, bhikkhū adiṭṭhe diṭṭhasaññino apatte pattasaññino anadhigate adhigatasaññino asacchikate sacchikatasaññino adhimānena aññaṁ byākaronti.

    He said, “This is negligible, Ānanda.

  131. 131

    तञ्चtañ·ca खोkho एतंe·taṃ अब्बोहारिकन्”ति।ab·bo·hā·ri·kan

    Tañca kho etaṁ abbohārikan”ti.

    (Pāli only)

  132. 132

    “एवञ्चe·vañ·ca पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमंi·maṃ सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ उद्दिसेय्याथ—ud·di·sey·yā·tha

    “Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ uddiseyyātha—

    And so, monks, this training rule should be recited like this:

  133. 133

    Final ruling

  134. 134

    “योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अनभिजानंa·na·bhi·jā·naṃ उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ अत्तुपनायिकंat·tu·pa·nā·yi·kaṃ अलमरियञाणदस्सनंa·la·ma·ri·ya·ñā·ṇa·das·sa·naṃ समुदाचरेय्य—‘इतिsa·mu·dā·ca·rey·ya जानामिjā·nā·mi इतिi·ti पस्सामी’ति,pas·sā·mī

    “Yo pana bhikkhu anabhijānaṁ uttarimanussadhammaṁ attupanāyikaṁ alamariyañāṇadassanaṁ samudācareyya—‘iti jānāmi iti passāmī’ti,

    ‘If a monk falsely claims for himself a superhuman quality, a knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones, saying, “This I know, this I see,”

  135. 135

    ततोta·to अपरेनa·pa·re·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na समनुग्गाहीयमानोsa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no वाvā असमनुग्गाहीयमानोa·sa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no वाvā आपन्नोā·pan·no विसुद्धापेक्खोvi·sud·dhā·pek·kho एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य—‘अजानमेवं,va·dey·ya आवुसो,ā·vu·so अवचंa·va·caṃ जानामि,jā·nā·mi अपस्संa·pas·saṃ पस्सामि।pas·sā·mi तुच्छंtuc·chaṃ मुसाmu·sā विलपिन्’ति,vi·la·pin

    tato aparena samayena samanuggāhīyamāno vā asamanuggāhīyamāno vā āpanno visuddhāpekkho evaṁ vadeyya—‘ajānamevaṁ, āvuso, avacaṁ jānāmi, apassaṁ passāmi. Tucchaṁ musā vilapin’ti,

    but after some time—whether he is questioned or not, but having committed the offense and seeking purification—should say: “Not knowing I said that I know, not seeing that I see; what I said was empty and false,” then,

  136. 136

    अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra अधिमाना,a·dhi·mā·nā

    aññatra adhimānā,

    except if it is due to overestimation,

  137. 137

    अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतिho·ti असंवासो”ति।a·saṃ·vā·so

    ayampi pārājiko hoti asaṁvāso”ti.

    he too is expelled and excluded from the community.’”

  138. 138

    Definitions

  139. 139

    योyo पनातिpa·nā·ti

    Yo panāti

    A:

  140. 140

    योyo यादिसोyā·di·so …पे…pe

    yo yādiso …pe…

    whoever …

  141. 141

    भिक्खूतिbhik·khū·ti

    bhikkhūti

    Monk:

  142. 142

    …पे…pe अयंa·yaṃ इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ अत्थेat·the अधिप्पेतोa·dhip·pe·to भिक्खूति।bhik·khū·ti

    …pe… ayaṁ imasmiṁ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

    … The monk who has been given the full ordination by a unanimous Sangha through a legal procedure consisting of one motion and three announcements that is irreversible and fit to stand—this sort of monk is meant in this case.

  143. 143

    अनभिजानन्तिa·na·bhi·jā·nan·ti

    Anabhijānanti

    Falsely:

  144. 144

    असन्तंa·san·taṃ अभूतंa·bhū·taṃ असंविज्जमानंa·saṃ·vij·ja·mā·naṃ अजानन्तोa·jā·nan·to अपस्सन्तोa·pas·san·to अत्तनिat·ta·ni कुसलंku·sa·laṃ धम्मं—dham·maṃ अत्थिat·thi मेme कुसलोku·sa·lo धम्मोति।dham·mo·ti

    asantaṁ abhūtaṁ asaṁvijjamānaṁ ajānanto apassanto attani kusalaṁ dhammaṁ— atthi me kusalo dhammoti.

    although a certain wholesome quality is non-existent in himself, not real, not to be found, and he does not see it or know it, he says, “I have this wholesome quality.”

  145. 145

    उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मोut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·mo नामnā·ma

    Uttarimanussadhammo nāma

    A superhuman quality:

  146. 146

    झानंjhā·naṃ विमोक्खोvi·mok·kho समाधिsa·mā·dhi समापत्तिsa·mā·pat·ti ञाणदस्सनंñā·ṇa·das·sa·naṃ मग्गभावनाmag·ga·bhā·va·nā फलसच्छिकिरियाpha·la·sac·chi·ki·ri·yā किलेसप्पहानंki·le·sap·pa·hā·naṃ विनीवरणताvi·nī·va·ra·ṇa·tā चित्तस्सcit·tas·sa सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re अभिरति।a·bhi·ra·ti

    jhānaṁ vimokkho samādhi samāpatti ñāṇadassanaṁ maggabhāvanā phalasacchikiriyā kilesappahānaṁ vinīvaraṇatā cittassa suññāgāre abhirati.

    absorption, release, stillness, attainment, knowledge and vision, development of the path, realization of the fruits, abandoning the defilements, a mind without hindrances, delighting in solitude.

  147. 147

    अत्तुपनायिकन्तिat·tu·pa·nā·yi·kan·ti

    Attupanāyikanti

    For himself:

  148. 148

    तेte वाvā कुसलेku·sa·le धम्मेdham·me अत्तनिat·ta·ni उपनेतिu·pa·ne·ti अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ वाvā तेसुte·su कुसलेसुku·sa·le·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su उपनेति।u·pa·ne·ti

    te vā kusale dhamme attani upaneti attānaṁ vā tesu kusalesu dhammesu upaneti.

    either he presents those good qualities as in himself, or he presents himself as among those good qualities.

  149. 149

    ञाणन्तिñā·ṇan·ti

    Ñāṇanti

    Knowledge:

  150. 150

    तिस्सोtis·so विज्जा।vij·jā

    tisso vijjā.

    the three true insights.

  151. 151

    दस्सनन्तिdas·sa·nan·ti

    Dassananti

    Vision:

  152. 152

    यंyaṃ ञाणंñā·ṇaṃ तंtaṃ दस्सनं,das·sa·naṃ यंyaṃ दस्सनंdas·sa·naṃ तंtaṃ ञाणं।ñā·ṇaṃ

    yaṁ ñāṇaṁ taṁ dassanaṁ, yaṁ dassanaṁ taṁ ñāṇaṁ.

    knowledge and vision are equivalent.

  153. 153

    समुदाचरेय्यातिsa·mu·dā·ca·rey·yā·ti

    Samudācareyyāti

    Claims:

  154. 154

    आरोचेय्यā·ro·cey·ya इत्थियाit·thi·yā वाvā पुरिसस्सpu·ri·sas·sa वाvā गहट्ठस्सga·haṭ·ṭhas·sa वाvā पब्बजितस्सpab·ba·ji·tas·sa वा।vā

    āroceyya itthiyā vā purisassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā.

    announces to a woman or a man, to a householder or a monastic.

  155. 155

    इतिi·ti जानामिjā·nā·mi इतिi·ti पस्सामीतिpas·sā·mī·ti

    Iti jānāmi iti passāmīti

    This I know, this I see:

  156. 156

    जानामहंjā·nā·ma·haṃ एतेe·te धम्मे,dham·me पस्सामहंpas·sā·ma·haṃ एतेe·te धम्मेdham·me अत्थिat·thi चca एतेe·te धम्माdham·mā मयि,ma·yi अहञ्चa·hañ·ca एतेसुe·te·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su सन्दिस्सामीति।san·dis·sā·mī·ti

    jānāmahaṁ ete dhamme, passāmahaṁ ete dhamme atthi ca ete dhammā mayi, ahañca etesu dhammesu sandissāmīti.

    “I know these qualities,” “I see these qualities,” “These qualities are found in me and I conform to them.”

  157. 157

    ततोta·to अपरेनa·pa·re·na समयेनातिsa·ma·ye·nā·ti

    Tato aparena samayenāti

    After some time:

  158. 158

    यस्मिंyas·miṃ खणेkha·ṇe समुदाचिण्णंsa·mu·dā·ciṇ·ṇaṃ होतिho·ti तंtaṃ खणंkha·ṇaṃ तंtaṃ लयंla·yaṃ तंtaṃ मुहुत्तंmu·hut·taṃ वीतिवत्ते।vī·ti·vat·te

    yasmiṁ khaṇe samudāciṇṇaṁ hoti taṁ khaṇaṁ taṁ layaṁ taṁ muhuttaṁ vītivatte.

    the moment, the instant, the second after he has made the claim.

  159. 159

    समनुग्गाहीयमानोतिsa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no·ti

    Samanuggāhīyamānoti

    He is questioned:

  160. 160

    यंyaṃ वत्थुvat·thu पटिञ्ञातंpa·ṭiñ·ñā·taṃ होतिho·ti तस्मिंtas·miṃ वत्थुस्मिंvat·thus·miṃ समनुग्गाहीयमानो—sa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no

    yaṁ vatthu paṭiññātaṁ hoti tasmiṁ vatthusmiṁ samanuggāhīyamāno—

    he is questioned in regard to what he has claimed:

  161. 161

    “किन्तेkin·te अधिगतं,a·dhi·ga·taṃ

    “kinte adhigataṁ,

    “What did you attain?”

  162. 162

    किन्तिkin·ti तेte अधिगतं,a·dhi·ga·taṃ

    kinti te adhigataṁ,

    “How did you attain it?”

  163. 163

    कदाka·dā तेte अधिगतं,a·dhi·ga·taṃ

    kadā te adhigataṁ,

    “When did you attain it?”

  164. 164

    कत्थkat·tha तेte अधिगतं,a·dhi·ga·taṃ

    kattha te adhigataṁ,

    “Where did you attain it?”

  165. 165

    कतमेka·ta·me तेte किलेसाki·le·sā पहीना,pa·hī·nā

    katame te kilesā pahīnā,

    “Which defilements did you abandon?”

  166. 166

    कतमेसंka·ta·me·saṃ त्वंtvaṃ धम्मानंdham·mā·naṃ लाभी”ति।lā·bhī

    katamesaṁ tvaṁ dhammānaṁ lābhī”ti.

    “Which qualities did you gain?”

  167. 167

    असमनुग्गाहीयमानोतिa·sa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no·ti

    Asamanuggāhīyamānoti

    Not:

  168. 168

    नna केनचिke·na·ci वुच्चमानो।vuc·ca·mā·no

    na kenaci vuccamāno.

    he is not spoken to by anyone.

  169. 169

    आपन्नोतिā·pan·no·ti

    Āpannoti

    Having committed the offense:

  170. 170

    पापिच्छोpā·pic·cho इच्छापकतोic·chā·pa·ka·to असन्तंa·san·taṃ अभूतंa·bhū·taṃ उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ उल्लपित्वाul·la·pit·vā पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपन्नोā·pan·no होति।ho·ti

    pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṁ abhūtaṁ uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapitvā pārājikaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno hoti.

    having bad desires, overcome by desire, claiming to have a non-existent superhuman quality, he has committed an offense entailing expulsion.

  171. 171

    विसुद्धापेक्खोतिvi·sud·dhā·pek·kho·ti

    Visuddhāpekkhoti

    Seeking purification:

  172. 172

    गिहीgi·hī वाvā होतुकामोho·tu·kā·mo उपासकोu·pā·sa·ko वाvā होतुकामोho·tu·kā·mo आरामिकोā·rā·mi·ko वाvā होतुकामोho·tu·kā·mo सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro वाvā होतुकामो।ho·tu·kā·mo

    gihī vā hotukāmo upāsako vā hotukāmo ārāmiko vā hotukāmo sāmaṇero vā hotukāmo.

    he desires to be a householder, a lay follower, a monastery worker, or a novice monk.

  173. 173

    अजानमेवं,a·jā·na·me·vaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so अवचं—जानामि,a·va·caṃ अपस्संa·pas·saṃ पस्सामीतिpas·sā·mī·ti

    Ajānamevaṁ, āvuso, avacaṁ—jānāmi, apassaṁ passāmīti

    Not knowing I said that I know, not seeing that I see:

  174. 174

    नाहंnā·haṃ एतेe·te धम्मेdham·me जानामि,jā·nā·mi नाहंnā·haṃ एतेe·te धम्मेdham·me पस्सामि,pas·sā·mi नत्थिnat·thi चca एतेe·te धम्माdham·mā मयि,ma·yi नna चाहंcā·haṃ एतेसुe·te·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su सन्दिस्सामीति।san·dis·sā·mī·ti

    nāhaṁ ete dhamme jānāmi, nāhaṁ ete dhamme passāmi, natthi ca ete dhammā mayi, na cāhaṁ etesu dhammesu sandissāmīti.

    “I don’t know these qualities,” “I don’t see these qualities,” “These qualities aren’t found in me and I don’t conform to them.”

  175. 175

    तुच्छंtuc·chaṃ मुसाmu·sā विलपिन्तिvi·la·pin·ti

    Tucchaṁ musā vilapinti

    What I said was empty and false:

  176. 176

    तुच्छकंtuc·cha·kaṃ मयाma·yā भणितं,bha·ṇi·taṃ मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितं,bha·ṇi·taṃ अभूतंa·bhū·taṃ मयाma·yā भणितं,bha·ṇi·taṃ अजानन्तेनa·jā·nan·te·na मयाma·yā भणितं।bha·ṇi·taṃ

    tucchakaṁ mayā bhaṇitaṁ, musā mayā bhaṇitaṁ, abhūtaṁ mayā bhaṇitaṁ, ajānantena mayā bhaṇitaṁ.

    “What I said was empty,” “What I said was false,” “What I said was unreal,” “I said it without knowing.”

  177. 177

    अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra अधिमानातिa·dhi·mā·nā·ti

    Aññatra adhimānāti

    Except if it is due to overestimation:

  178. 178

    ठपेत्वाṭha·pet·vā अधिमानं।a·dhi·mā·naṃ

    ṭhapetvā adhimānaṁ.

    unless it is due to overestimation.

  179. 179

    अयम्पीतिa·yam·pī·ti

    Ayampīti

    He too:

  180. 180

    पुरिमेpu·ri·me उपादायu·pā·dā·ya वुच्चति।vuc·ca·ti

    purime upādāya vuccati.

    this is said with reference to the preceding offenses entailing expulsion.

  181. 181

    पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतीतिho·tī·ti

    Pārājiko hotīti

    Is expelled:

  182. 182

    सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi नामnā·ma तालोtā·lo मत्थकच्छिन्नोmat·tha·kac·chin·no अभब्बोa·bhab·bo पुनpu·na विरूळ्हिया;vi·rū·ḷhi·yā

    seyyathāpi nāma tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo puna virūḷhiyā;

    just as a palm tree with its crown cut off is incapable of further growth,

  183. 183

    एवमेवe·va·me·va भिक्खुbhik·khu पापिच्छोpā·pic·cho इच्छापकतोic·chā·pa·ka·to असन्तंa·san·taṃ अभूतंa·bhū·taṃ उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ उल्लपित्वाul·la·pit·vā अस्समणोas·sa·ma·ṇo होतिho·ti असक्यपुत्तियो।a·sak·ya·put·ti·yo

    evameva bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṁ abhūtaṁ uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo.

    so too is a monk with bad desires, overcome by desire, who claims to have a non-existent superhuman quality not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic.

  184. 184

    तेनte·na वुच्चति—vuc·ca·ti “पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होती”ति।ho·tī

    Tena vuccati— “pārājiko hotī”ti.

    Therefore it is said, “he is expelled.”

  185. 185

    असंवासोतिa·saṃ·vā·so·ti

    Asaṁvāsoti

    Excluded from the community:

  186. 186

    संवासोsaṃ·vā·so नामnā·ma एककम्मंe·ka·kam·maṃ एकुद्देसोe·kud·de·so समसिक्खता—sa·ma·sik·kha·tā एसोe·so संवासोsaṃ·vā·so नाम।nā·ma

    saṁvāso nāma ekakammaṁ ekuddeso samasikkhatā— eso saṁvāso nāma.

    Community: joint legal procedures, a joint recitation, the same training—this is called “community”.

  187. 187

    सोso तेनte·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ नत्थि।nat·thi तेनte·na वुच्चति—vuc·ca·ti “असंवासो”ति।a·saṃ·vā·so

    So tena saddhiṁ natthi. Tena vuccati— “asaṁvāso”ti.

    He does not take part in this—therefore it is called “excluded from the community”.

  188. 188

    Permutations

  189. 189

    Summary

  190. 190

    उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मोut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·mo नामnā·ma

    Uttarimanussadhammo nāma

    A superhuman quality:

  191. 191

    झानंjhā·naṃ विमोक्खोvi·mok·kho समाधिsa·mā·dhi समापत्तिsa·mā·pat·ti ञाणदस्सनंñā·ṇa·das·sa·naṃ मग्गभावनाmag·ga·bhā·va·nā फलसच्छिकिरियाpha·la·sac·chi·ki·ri·yā किलेसप्पहानंki·le·sap·pa·hā·naṃ विनीवरणताvi·nī·va·ra·ṇa·tā चित्तस्सcit·tas·sa सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re अभिरति।a·bhi·ra·ti

    jhānaṁ vimokkho samādhi samāpatti ñāṇadassanaṁ maggabhāvanā phalasacchikiriyā kilesappahānaṁ vinīvaraṇatā cittassa suññāgāre abhirati.

    absorption, release, stillness, attainment, knowledge and vision, development of the path, realization of the fruits, abandoning the defilements, a mind without hindrances, delighting in solitude.

  192. 192

    Definitions

  193. 193

    झानन्तिjhā·nan·ti

    Jhānanti

    Absorption:

  194. 194

    पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ ततियंta·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानं।jhā·naṃ

    paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ.

    the first absorption, the second absorption, the third absorption, the fourth absorption.

  195. 195

    विमोक्खोतिvi·mok·kho·ti

    Vimokkhoti

    Release:

  196. 196

    सुञ्ञतोsuñ·ña·to विमोक्खोvi·mok·kho अनिमित्तोa·ni·mit·to विमोक्खोvi·mok·kho अप्पणिहितोap·pa·ṇi·hi·to विमोक्खो।vi·mok·kho

    suññato vimokkho animitto vimokkho appaṇihito vimokkho.

    emptiness release, signless release, desireless release.

  197. 197

    समाधीतिsa·mā·dhī·ti

    Samādhīti

    Stillness:

  198. 198

    सुञ्ञतोsuñ·ña·to समाधिsa·mā·dhi अनिमित्तोa·ni·mit·to समाधिsa·mā·dhi अप्पणिहितोap·pa·ṇi·hi·to समाधि।sa·mā·dhi

    suññato samādhi animitto samādhi appaṇihito samādhi.

    emptiness stillness, signless stillness, desireless stillness.

  199. 199

    समापत्तीतिsa·mā·pat·tī·ti

    Samāpattīti

    Attainment:

  200. 200

    सुञ्ञताsuñ·ña·tā समापत्तिsa·mā·pat·ti अनिमित्ताa·ni·mit·tā समापत्तिsa·mā·pat·ti अप्पणिहिताap·pa·ṇi·hi·tā समापत्ति।sa·mā·pat·ti

    suññatā samāpatti animittā samāpatti appaṇihitā samāpatti.

    emptiness attainment, signless attainment, desireless attainment.

  201. 201

    ञाणदस्सनन्तिñā·ṇa·das·sa·nan·ti

    Ñāṇadassananti

    Knowledge and vision:

  202. 202

    तिस्सोtis·so विज्जा।vij·jā

    tisso vijjā.

    the three true insights.

  203. 203

    मग्गभावनातिmag·ga·bhā·va·nā·ti

    Maggabhāvanāti

    Development of the path:

  204. 204

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro सतिपट्ठाना,sa·ti·paṭ·ṭhā·nā चत्तारोcat·tā·ro सम्मप्पधाना,sam·map·pa·dhā·nā चत्तारोcat·tā·ro इद्धिपादा,id·dhi·pā·dā पञ्चिन्द्रियानि,pañ·cin·dri·yā·ni पञ्चpañ·ca बलानि,ba·lā·ni सत्तsat·ta बोज्झङ्गा,boj·jhaṅ·gā अरियोa·ri·yo अट्ठङ्गिकोaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·ko मग्गो।mag·go

    cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.

    the four applications of mindfulness, the four right efforts, the four foundations for supernormal power, the five spiritual faculties, the five spiritual powers, the seven factors of awakening, the noble eightfold path.

  205. 205

    फलसच्छिकिरियातिpha·la·sac·chi·ki·ri·yā·ti

    Phalasacchikiriyāti

    Realization of the fruits:

  206. 206

    सोतापत्तिफलस्सso·tā·pat·ti·pha·las·sa सच्छिकिरिया,sac·chi·ki·ri·yā सकदागामिफलस्सsa·ka·dā·gā·mi·pha·las·sa सच्छिकिरिया,sac·chi·ki·ri·yā अनागामिफलस्सa·nā·gā·mi·pha·las·sa सच्छिकिरिया,sac·chi·ki·ri·yā अरहत्तस्सa·ra·hat·tas·sa सच्छिकिरिया।sac·chi·ki·ri·yā

    sotāpattiphalassa sacchikiriyā, sakadāgāmiphalassa sacchikiriyā, anāgāmiphalassa sacchikiriyā, arahattassa sacchikiriyā.

    realization of the fruit of streamentry, realization of the fruit of once-returning, realization of the fruit of non-returning, realization of perfection.

  207. 207

    किलेसप्पहानन्तिki·le·sap·pa·hā·nan·ti

    Kilesappahānanti

    Abandoning the defilements:

  208. 208

    रागस्सrā·gas·sa पहानंpa·hā·naṃ दोसस्सdo·sas·sa पहानंpa·hā·naṃ मोहस्सmo·has·sa पहानं।pa·hā·naṃ

    rāgassa pahānaṁ dosassa pahānaṁ mohassa pahānaṁ.

    the abandoning of sensual desire, the abandoning of ill will, the abandoning of confusion.

  209. 209

    विनीवरणताvi·nī·va·ra·ṇa·tā चित्तस्सातिcit·tas·sā·ti

    Vinīvaraṇatā cittassāti

    A mind without hindrances:

  210. 210

    रागाrā·gā चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणता,vi·nī·va·ra·ṇa·tā दोसाdo·sā चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणता,vi·nī·va·ra·ṇa·tā मोहाmo·hā चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणता।vi·nī·va·ra·ṇa·tā

    rāgā cittaṁ vinīvaraṇatā, dosā cittaṁ vinīvaraṇatā, mohā cittaṁ vinīvaraṇatā.

    a mind without sensual desire, a mind without ill will, a mind without confusion.

  211. 211

    सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re अभिरतीतिa·bhi·ra·tī·ti

    Suññāgāre abhiratīti

    Delighting in solitude:

  212. 212

    पठमेनpa·ṭha·me·na झानेनjhā·ne·na सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re अभिरति,a·bhi·ra·ti

    paṭhamena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati,

    because of the first absorption, there is delight in solitude;

  213. 213

    दुतियेनdu·ti·ye·na झानेनjhā·ne·na सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re अभिरति,a·bhi·ra·ti

    dutiyena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati,

    because of the second absorption, there is delight in solitude;

  214. 214

    ततियेनta·ti·ye·na झानेनjhā·ne·na सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re अभिरति,a·bhi·ra·ti

    tatiyena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati,

    because of the third absorption, there is delight in solitude;

  215. 215

    चतुत्थेनca·tut·the·na झानेनjhā·ne·na सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re अभिरति।a·bhi·ra·ti

    catutthena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati.

    because of the fourth absorption, there is delight in solitude.

  216. 216

    Exposition

  217. 217

    First absorption

  218. 218

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled:

  219. 219

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  220. 220

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  221. 221

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति।bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti.

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied.

  222. 222

    चतूहाकारेहिca·tū·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Catūhākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when four conditions are fulfilled:

  223. 223

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  224. 224

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  225. 225

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  226. 226

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं।diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ.

    he misrepresents his view of what is true.

  227. 227

    पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Pañcahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when five conditions are fulfilled:

  228. 228

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  229. 229

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  230. 230

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  231. 231

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिंdiṭ·ṭhiṃ विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं।khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ vinidhāya khantiṁ.

    he misrepresents his view of what is true; he misrepresents his belief of what is true.

  232. 232

    छहाकारेहिcha·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Chahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when six conditions are fulfilled:

  233. 233

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  234. 234

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  235. 235

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  236. 236

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  237. 237

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  238. 238

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं।ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ.

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true.

  239. 239

    सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Sattahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  240. 240

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  241. 241

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  242. 242

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  243. 243

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  244. 244

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  245. 245

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  246. 246

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  247. 247

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जामीतिsa·mā·paj·jā·mī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’m attaining the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled:

  248. 248

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  249. 249

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  250. 250

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति।bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti.

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied.

  251. 251

    चतूहाकारेहिca·tū·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जामीतिsa·mā·paj·jā·mī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Catūhākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’m attaining the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when four conditions are fulfilled:

  252. 252

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  253. 253

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  254. 254

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  255. 255

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं।diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ.

    he misrepresents his view of what is true.

  256. 256

    पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जामीतिsa·mā·paj·jā·mī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Pañcahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’m attaining the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when five conditions are fulfilled:

  257. 257

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  258. 258

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  259. 259

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  260. 260

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  261. 261

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं।khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ.

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true.

  262. 262

    छहाकारेहिcha·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जामीतिsa·mā·paj·jā·mī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Chahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’m attaining the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when six conditions are fulfilled:

  263. 263

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  264. 264

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  265. 265

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  266. 266

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  267. 267

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  268. 268

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं।ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ.

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true.

  269. 269

    सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जामीतिsa·mā·paj·jā·mī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Sattahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’m attaining the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  270. 270

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  271. 271

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  272. 272

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  273. 273

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  274. 274

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  275. 275

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  276. 276

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  277. 277

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापन्नोतिsa·mā·pan·no·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpannoti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve attained the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled:

  278. 278

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  279. 279

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  280. 280

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति।bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti.

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied.

  281. 281

    चतूहाकारेहिca·tū·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापन्नोतिsa·mā·pan·no·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Catūhākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpannoti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve attained the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when four conditions are fulfilled:

  282. 282

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  283. 283

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  284. 284

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  285. 285

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं।diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ.

    he misrepresents his view of what is true.

  286. 286

    पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापन्नोतिsa·mā·pan·no·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Pañcahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpannoti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve attained the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when five conditions are fulfilled:

  287. 287

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  288. 288

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  289. 289

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  290. 290

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  291. 291

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं।khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ.

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true.

  292. 292

    छहाकारेहिcha·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापन्नोतिsa·mā·pan·no·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Chahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpannoti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve attained the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when six conditions are fulfilled:

  293. 293

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  294. 294

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  295. 295

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  296. 296

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  297. 297

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  298. 298

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं।ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ.

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true.

  299. 299

    सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापन्नोतिsa·mā·pan·no·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Sattahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpannoti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve attained the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  300. 300

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  301. 301

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  302. 302

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  303. 303

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  304. 304

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  305. 305

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  306. 306

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  307. 307

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हीतिlā·bhim·hī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhimhīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I obtain the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled:

  308. 308

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  309. 309

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  310. 310

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति।bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti.

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied.

  311. 311

    चतूहाकारेहिca·tū·hā·kā·re·hi पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हीतिlā·bhim·hī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Catūhākārehi paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhimhīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I obtain the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when four conditions are fulfilled:

  312. 312

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  313. 313

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  314. 314

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  315. 315

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं।diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ.

    he misrepresents his view of what is true.

  316. 316

    पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हीतिlā·bhim·hī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Pañcahākārehi paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhimhīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I obtain the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when five conditions are fulfilled:

  317. 317

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  318. 318

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  319. 319

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  320. 320

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  321. 321

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं।khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ.

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true.

  322. 322

    छहाकारेहिcha·hā·kā·re·hi पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हीतिlā·bhim·hī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Chahākārehi paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhimhīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I obtain the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when six conditions are fulfilled:

  323. 323

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  324. 324

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  325. 325

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  326. 326

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  327. 327

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  328. 328

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं।ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ.

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true.

  329. 329

    सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हीतिlā·bhim·hī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Sattahākārehi paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhimhīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I obtain the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  330. 330

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  331. 331

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  332. 332

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  333. 333

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  334. 334

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  335. 335

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  336. 336

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  337. 337

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa वसिम्हीतिva·sim·hī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamassa jhānassa vasimhīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I master the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled:

  338. 338

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  339. 339

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  340. 340

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति।bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti.

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied.

  341. 341

    चतूहाकारेहिca·tū·hā·kā·re·hi पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa वसिम्हीतिva·sim·hī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Catūhākārehi paṭhamassa jhānassa vasimhīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I master the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when four conditions are fulfilled:

  342. 342

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  343. 343

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  344. 344

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  345. 345

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं।diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ.

    he misrepresents his view of what is true.

  346. 346

    पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa वसिम्हीतिva·sim·hī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Pañcahākārehi paṭhamassa jhānassa vasimhīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I master the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when five conditions are fulfilled:

  347. 347

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  348. 348

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  349. 349

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  350. 350

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  351. 351

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं।khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ.

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true.

  352. 352

    छहाकारेहिcha·hā·kā·re·hi पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa वसिम्हीतिva·sim·hī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Chahākārehi paṭhamassa jhānassa vasimhīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I master the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when six conditions are fulfilled:

  353. 353

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  354. 354

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  355. 355

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  356. 356

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  357. 357

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  358. 358

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं।ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ.

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true.

  359. 359

    सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa वसिम्हीतिva·sim·hī·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Sattahākārehi paṭhamassa jhānassa vasimhīti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I master the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  360. 360

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  361. 361

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  362. 362

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  363. 363

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  364. 364

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  365. 365

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  366. 366

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  367. 367

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve realized the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled:

  368. 368

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  369. 369

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  370. 370

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति।bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti.

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied.

  371. 371

    चतूहाकारेहिca·tū·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Catūhākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve realized the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when four conditions are fulfilled:

  372. 372

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  373. 373

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  374. 374

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  375. 375

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं।diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ.

    he misrepresents his view of what is true.

  376. 376

    पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Pañcahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve realized the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when five conditions are fulfilled:

  377. 377

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  378. 378

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  379. 379

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  380. 380

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  381. 381

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं।khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ.

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true.

  382. 382

    छहाकारेहिcha·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Chahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve realized the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when six conditions are fulfilled:

  383. 383

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  384. 384

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  385. 385

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  386. 386

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  387. 387

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  388. 388

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं।ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ.

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true.

  389. 389

    सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Sattahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve realized the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  390. 390

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  391. 391

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  392. 392

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  393. 393

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  394. 394

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  395. 395

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  396. 396

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  397. 397

    Other individual attainments

  398. 398

    यथाya·thā इदंi·daṃ पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ वित्थारितंvit·thā·ri·taṃ एवंe·vaṃ सब्बम्पिsab·bam·pi वित्थारेतब्बं।vit·thā·re·tab·baṃ

    Yathā idaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ vitthāritaṁ evaṁ sabbampi vitthāretabbaṁ.

    As the first absorption has been expanded in detail, so should all be expanded:

  399. 399

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ …पे…pe

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe…

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the second absorption,” …

  400. 400

    ततियंta·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ …पे…pe

    tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe…

    “I attained the third absorption,” …

  401. 401

    चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the fourth absorption,” …

  402. 402

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  403. 403

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  404. 404

    चतुत्थस्सca·tut·thas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    catutthassa jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  405. 405

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  406. 406

    चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    catutthaṁ jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    “I’ve realized the fourth absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  407. 407

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  408. 408

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  409. 409

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  410. 410

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  411. 411

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  412. 412

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  413. 413

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  414. 414

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi सुञ्ञतंsuñ·ña·taṃ विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    Tīhākārehi suññataṁ vimokkhaṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the emptiness release,” …

  415. 415

    अनिमित्तंa·ni·mit·taṃ विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    animittaṁ vimokkhaṁ …

    “I attained the signless release,” …

  416. 416

    अप्पणिहितंap·pa·ṇi·hi·taṃ विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    appaṇihitaṁ vimokkhaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the desireless release,” …

  417. 417

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  418. 418

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  419. 419

    अप्पणिहितस्सap·pa·ṇi·hi·tas·sa विमोक्खस्सvi·mok·khas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    appaṇihitassa vimokkhassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  420. 420

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  421. 421

    अप्पणिहितोap·pa·ṇi·hi·to विमोक्खोvi·mok·kho सच्छिकतोsac·chi·ka·to मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्सpā·rā·ji·kas·sa …पे…।pe

    appaṇihito vimokkho sacchikato mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa …pe….

    “I’ve realized the desireless release,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled: …

  422. 422

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi सुञ्ञतंsuñ·ña·taṃ समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi suññataṁ samādhiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the emptiness stillness,” …

  423. 423

    अनिमित्तंa·ni·mit·taṃ समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    animittaṁ samādhiṁ …

    “I attained the signless stillness,” …

  424. 424

    अप्पणिहितंap·pa·ṇi·hi·taṃ समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    appaṇihitaṁ samādhiṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the desireless stillness,” …

  425. 425

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  426. 426

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  427. 427

    अप्पणिहितस्सap·pa·ṇi·hi·tas·sa समाधिस्सsa·mā·dhis·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    appaṇihitassa samādhissa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  428. 428

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  429. 429

    अप्पणिहितोap·pa·ṇi·hi·to समाधिsa·mā·dhi सच्छिकतोsac·chi·ka·to मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    appaṇihito samādhi sacchikato mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the desireless stillness,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  430. 430

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi सुञ्ञतंsuñ·ña·taṃ समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi suññataṁ samāpattiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the emptiness attainment,” …

  431. 431

    अनिमित्तंa·ni·mit·taṃ समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    animittaṁ samāpattiṁ …

    “I attained the signless attainment,” …

  432. 432

    अप्पणिहितंap·pa·ṇi·hi·taṃ समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    appaṇihitaṁ samāpattiṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the desireless attainment,” …

  433. 433

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  434. 434

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  435. 435

    अप्पणिहितायap·pa·ṇi·hi·tā·ya समापत्तियाsa·mā·pat·ti·yā लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    appaṇihitāya samāpattiyā lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  436. 436

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  437. 437

    अप्पणिहिताap·pa·ṇi·hi·tā समापत्तिsa·mā·pat·ti सच्छिकताsac·chi·ka·tā मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    appaṇihitā samāpatti sacchikatā mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the desireless attainment,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  438. 438

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi तिस्सोtis·so विज्जाvij·jā समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi tisso vijjā samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the three true insights,” …

  439. 439

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  440. 440

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  441. 441

    तिस्सन्नंtis·san·naṃ विज्जानंvij·jā·naṃ लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    tissannaṁ vijjānaṁ lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  442. 442

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  443. 443

    तिस्सोtis·so विज्जाvij·jā सच्छिकताsac·chi·ka·tā मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    tisso vijjā sacchikatā mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the three true insights,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  444. 444

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi चत्तारोcat·tā·ro सतिपट्ठानेsa·ti·paṭ·ṭhā·ne …

    Tīhākārehi cattāro satipaṭṭhāne …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the four applications of mindfulness,” …

  445. 445

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro सम्मप्पधानेsam·map·pa·dhā·ne …

    cattāro sammappadhāne …

    “I attained the four right efforts,” …

  446. 446

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro इद्धिपादेid·dhi·pā·de समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    cattāro iddhipāde samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the four foundations for supernormal power,” …

  447. 447

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  448. 448

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  449. 449

    चतुन्नंca·tun·naṃ इद्धिपादानंid·dhi·pā·dā·naṃ लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  450. 450

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  451. 451

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro इद्धिपादाid·dhi·pā·dā सच्छिकताsac·chi·ka·tā मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    cattāro iddhipādā sacchikatā mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the four foundations for supernormal power,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  452. 452

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पञ्चिन्द्रियानिpañ·cin·dri·yā·ni …

    Tīhākārehi pañcindriyāni …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the five spiritual faculties,” …

  453. 453

    पञ्चpañ·ca बलानिba·lā·ni समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    pañca balāni samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the five spiritual powers,” …

  454. 454

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  455. 455

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  456. 456

    पञ्चन्नंpañ·can·naṃ बलानंba·lā·naṃ लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    pañcannaṁ balānaṁ lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  457. 457

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  458. 458

    पञ्चबलानिpañ·ca·ba·lā·ni सच्छिकतानिsac·chi·ka·tā·ni मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    pañcabalāni sacchikatāni mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the five spiritual powers,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  459. 459

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi सत्तsat·ta बोज्झङ्गेboj·jhaṅ·ge समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi satta bojjhaṅge samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the seven factors of awakening,” …

  460. 460

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  461. 461

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  462. 462

    सत्तन्नंsat·tan·naṃ बोज्झङ्गानंboj·jhaṅ·gā·naṃ लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    sattannaṁ bojjhaṅgānaṁ lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  463. 463

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  464. 464

    सत्तsat·ta बोज्झङ्गाboj·jhaṅ·gā सच्छिकताsac·chi·ka·tā मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    satta bojjhaṅgā sacchikatā mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the seven factors of awakening,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  465. 465

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi अरियंa·ri·yaṃ अट्ठङ्गिकंaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·kaṃ मग्गंmag·gaṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi ariyaṁ aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the noble eightfold path,” …

  466. 466

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  467. 467

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  468. 468

    अरियस्सa·ri·yas·sa अट्ठङ्गिकस्सaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·kas·sa मग्गस्सmag·gas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  469. 469

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  470. 470

    अरियोa·ri·yo अट्ठङ्गिकोaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·ko मग्गोmag·go सच्छिकतोsac·chi·ka·to मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sacchikato mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the noble eightfold path,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  471. 471

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi सोतापत्तिफलंso·tā·pat·ti·pha·laṃ …

    Tīhākārehi sotāpattiphalaṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the fruit of streamentry,” …

  472. 472

    सकदागामिफलंsa·ka·dā·gā·mi·pha·laṃ …

    sakadāgāmiphalaṁ …

    “I attained the fruit of once-returning,” …

  473. 473

    अनागामिफलंa·nā·gā·mi·pha·laṃ …

    anāgāmiphalaṁ …

    “I attained the fruit of non-returning,” …

  474. 474

    अरहत्तंa·ra·hat·taṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    arahattaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained perfection,” …

  475. 475

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  476. 476

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  477. 477

    “I obtain …

  478. 478

    “I master …

  479. 479

    अरहत्तस्सa·ra·hat·tas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi वसिम्हिva·sim·hi अरहत्तंa·ra·hat·taṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    arahattassa lābhimhi vasimhi arahattaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized perfection,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  480. 480

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi रागोrā·go मेme चत्तोcat·to वन्तोvan·to मुत्तोmut·to पहीनोpa·hī·no पटिनिस्सट्ठोpa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭho उक्खेटितोuk·khe·ṭi·to समुक्खेटितोतिsa·muk·khe·ṭi·to·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi rāgo me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭitoti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve given up sensual desire, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  481. 481

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi दोसोdo·so मेme चत्तोcat·to वन्तोvan·to मुत्तोmut·to पहीनोpa·hī·no पटिनिस्सट्ठोpa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭho उक्खेटितोuk·khe·ṭi·to समुक्खेटितोतिsa·muk·khe·ṭi·to·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi doso me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭitoti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve given up ill will, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  482. 482

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहोmo·ho मेme चत्तोcat·to वन्तोvan·to मुत्तोmut·to पहीनोpa·hī·no पटिनिस्सट्ठोpa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭho उक्खेटितोuk·khe·ṭi·to समुक्खेटितोतिsa·muk·khe·ṭi·to·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi moho me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭitoti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I’ve given up confusion, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  483. 483

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi रागाrā·gā मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi rāgā me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of sensual desire,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  484. 484

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi दोसाdo·sā मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi dosā me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of ill will,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  485. 485

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi mohā me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  486. 486

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  487. 487

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  488. 488

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  489. 489

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  490. 490

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  491. 491

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  492. 492

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  493. 493

    सुद्धिकंsud·dhi·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Suddhikaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The basic series is finished.

  494. 494

    Combinations of two attainments

  495. 495

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ dutiyañca jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the second absorption,” …

  496. 496

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  497. 497

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  498. 498

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa दुतियस्सdu·ti·yas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa dutiyassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  499. 499

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  500. 500

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्सpā·rā·ji·kas·sa …पे…।pe

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ dutiyañca jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa …pe….

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and the second absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled:

  501. 501

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  502. 502

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  503. 503

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied.

  504. 504

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ tatiyañca jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the third absorption,” …

  505. 505

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  506. 506

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  507. 507

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa ततियस्सta·ti·yas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa tatiyassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  508. 508

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  509. 509

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ tatiyañca jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and the third absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  510. 510

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चतुत्थञ्चca·tut·thañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ catutthañca jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the fourth absorption,” …

  511. 511

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  512. 512

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  513. 513

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa चतुत्थस्सca·tut·thas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa catutthassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  514. 514

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  515. 515

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चतुत्थञ्चca·tut·thañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ catutthañca jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and the fourth absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  516. 516

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ suññatañca vimokkhaṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the emptiness release,” …

  517. 517

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ animittañca vimokkhaṁ …

    “I attained the first absorption and the signless release,” …

  518. 518

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ appaṇihitañca vimokkhaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the first absorption and the desireless release,” …

  519. 519

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  520. 520

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  521. 521

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa अप्पणिहितस्सap·pa·ṇi·hi·tas·sa चca विमोक्खस्सvi·mok·khas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa appaṇihitassa ca vimokkhassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  522. 522

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  523. 523

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अप्पणिहितोap·pa·ṇi·hi·to चca विमोक्खोvi·mok·kho सच्छिकतोsac·chi·ka·to मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ appaṇihito ca vimokkho sacchikato mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and the desireless release,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  524. 524

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ suññatañca samādhiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the emptiness stillness,” …

  525. 525

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ animittañca samādhiṁ …

    “I attained the first absorption and the signless stillness,” …

  526. 526

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ appaṇihitañca samādhiṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the first absorption and the desireless stillness,” …

  527. 527

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  528. 528

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no

    samāpanno

    “I’ve attained …

  529. 529

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa अप्पणिहितस्सap·pa·ṇi·hi·tas·sa चca समाधिस्सsa·mā·dhis·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa appaṇihitassa ca samādhissa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  530. 530

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  531. 531

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अप्पणिहितोap·pa·ṇi·hi·to चca समाधिsa·mā·dhi सच्छिकतोsac·chi·ka·to मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ appaṇihito ca samādhi sacchikato mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and the desireless stillness,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  532. 532

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ suññatañca samāpattiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the emptiness attainment,” …

  533. 533

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ animittañca samāpattiṁ …

    “I attained the first absorption and the signless attainment,” …

  534. 534

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ appaṇihitañca samāpattiṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the first absorption and the desireless attainment,” …

  535. 535

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  536. 536

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no

    samāpanno

    “I’ve attained …

  537. 537

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa अप्पणिहितायap·pa·ṇi·hi·tā·ya चca समापत्तियाsa·mā·pat·ti·yā लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa appaṇihitāya ca samāpattiyā lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  538. 538

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  539. 539

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अप्पणिहिताap·pa·ṇi·hi·tā चca समापत्तिsa·mā·pat·ti सच्छिकताsac·chi·ka·tā मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ appaṇihitā ca samāpatti sacchikatā mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and the desireless attainment,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  540. 540

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ तिस्सोtis·so चca विज्जाvij·jā समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ tisso ca vijjā samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the three true insights,” …

  541. 541

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  542. 542

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  543. 543

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa तिस्सन्नञ्चtis·san·nañ·ca विज्जानंvij·jā·naṃ लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa tissannañca vijjānaṁ lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  544. 544

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  545. 545

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ तिस्सोtis·so चca विज्जाvij·jā सच्छिकताsac·chi·ka·tā मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ tisso ca vijjā sacchikatā mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and the three true insights,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  546. 546

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca सतिपट्ठानेsa·ti·paṭ·ṭhā·ne …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the four applications of mindfulness,” …

  547. 547

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca सम्मप्पधानेsam·map·pa·dhā·ne …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ cattāro ca sammappadhāne …

    “I attained the first absorption and the four right efforts,” …

  548. 548

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca इद्धिपादेid·dhi·pā·de समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ cattāro ca iddhipāde samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the first absorption and the four foundations for supernormal power,” …

  549. 549

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  550. 550

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  551. 551

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa चतुन्नञ्चca·tun·nañ·ca इद्धिपादानंid·dhi·pā·dā·naṃ लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa catunnañca iddhipādānaṁ lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  552. 552

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  553. 553

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca इद्धिपादाid·dhi·pā·dā सच्छिकताsac·chi·ka·tā मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ cattāro ca iddhipādā sacchikatā mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and the four foundations for supernormal power,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  554. 554

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ पञ्चpañ·ca चca इन्द्रियानिin·dri·yā·ni …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ pañca ca indriyāni …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the five spiritual faculties,” …

  555. 555

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ पञ्चpañ·ca चca बलानिba·lā·ni समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ pañca ca balāni samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the first absorption and the five spiritual powers,” …

  556. 556

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  557. 557

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  558. 558

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa पञ्चन्नञ्चpañ·can·nañ·ca बलानंba·lā·naṃ लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa pañcannañca balānaṁ lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  559. 559

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  560. 560

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ पञ्चpañ·ca चca बलानिba·lā·ni सच्छिकतानिsac·chi·ka·tā·ni मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ pañca ca balāni sacchikatāni mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and the five spiritual powers,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  561. 561

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सत्तsat·ta चca बोज्झङ्गेboj·jhaṅ·ge समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ satta ca bojjhaṅge samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the seven factors of awakening,” …

  562. 562

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  563. 563

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  564. 564

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa सत्तन्नञ्चsat·tan·nañ·ca बोज्झङ्गानंboj·jhaṅ·gā·naṃ लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa sattannañca bojjhaṅgānaṁ lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  565. 565

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  566. 566

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सत्तsat·ta चca बोज्झङ्गाboj·jhaṅ·gā सच्छिकताsac·chi·ka·tā मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ satta ca bojjhaṅgā sacchikatā mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and the seven factors of awakening,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  567. 567

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अरियञ्चa·ri·yañ·ca अट्ठङ्गिकंaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·kaṃ मग्गंmag·gaṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ ariyañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the noble eightfold path,” …

  568. 568

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  569. 569

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  570. 570

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa अरियस्सa·ri·yas·sa चca अट्ठङ्गिकस्सaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·kas·sa मग्गस्सmag·gas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa ariyassa ca aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  571. 571

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  572. 572

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अरियोa·ri·yo चca अट्ठङ्गिकोaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·ko मग्गोmag·go सच्छिकतोsac·chi·ka·to मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ ariyo ca aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sacchikato mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and the noble eightfold path,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  573. 573

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सोतापत्तिफलञ्चso·tā·pat·ti·pha·lañ·ca …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ sotāpattiphalañca …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the fruit of streamentry,” …

  574. 574

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सकदागामिफलञ्चsa·ka·dā·gā·mi·pha·lañ·ca …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ sakadāgāmiphalañca …

    “I attained the first absorption and the fruit of once-returning,” …

  575. 575

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अनागामिफलञ्चa·nā·gā·mi·pha·lañ·ca …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ anāgāmiphalañca …

    “I attained the first absorption and the fruit of non-returning,” …

  576. 576

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अरहत्तञ्चa·ra·hat·tañ·ca समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ arahattañca samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the first absorption and perfection,” …

  577. 577

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  578. 578

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  579. 579

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa अरहत्तस्सa·ra·hat·tas·sa चca लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa arahattassa ca lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  580. 580

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  581. 581

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अरहत्तञ्चa·ra·hat·tañ·ca सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ arahattañca sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and perfection,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  582. 582

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and I’ve given up sensual desire,” …

  583. 583

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  584. 584

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  585. 585

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  586. 586

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  587. 587

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मया,ma·yā रागोrā·go चca मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayā, rāgo ca me catto …

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and I’ve given up sensual desire …

  588. 588

    दोसोdo·so चca मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    doso ca me catto …

    and I’ve given up ill will …

  589. 589

    मोहोmo·ho चca मेme चत्तोcat·to वन्तोvan·to मुत्तोmut·to पहीनोpa·hī·no पटिनिस्सट्ठोpa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭho उक्खेटितोuk·khe·ṭi·to समुक्खेटितोतिsa·muk·khe·ṭi·to·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    moho ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭitoti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    and I’ve given up confusion, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  590. 590

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and my mind is free from the hindrance of sensual desire,” …

  591. 591

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  592. 592

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  593. 593

    पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    paṭhamassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  594. 594

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  595. 595

    पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मया,ma·yā रागाrā·gā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ …

    paṭhamañca jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayā, rāgā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ …

    “I’ve realized the first absorption and my mind is free from the hindrance of sensual desire,” …

  596. 596

    दोसाdo·sā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ …

    dosā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ …

    and my mind is free from the hindrance of ill will,” …

  597. 597

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    and my mind is free from the hindrance of confusion,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  598. 598

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  599. 599

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  600. 600

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  601. 601

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  602. 602

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  603. 603

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  604. 604

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  605. 605

    खण्डचक्कंkhaṇ·ḍa·cak·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Khaṇḍacakkaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The unconnected permutation series is finished.

  606. 606

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi dutiyañca jhānaṁ tatiyañca jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the second absorption and the third absorption,” …

  607. 607

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  608. 608

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  609. 609

    दुतियस्सdu·ti·yas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa ततियस्सta·ti·yas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    dutiyassa ca jhānassa tatiyassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  610. 610

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  611. 611

    दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    dutiyañca jhānaṁ tatiyañca jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the second absorption and the third absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  612. 612

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चतुत्थञ्चca·tut·thañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi dutiyañca jhānaṁ catutthañca jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the second absorption and the fourth absorption,” …

  613. 613

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  614. 614

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  615. 615

    दुतियस्सdu·ti·yas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa चतुत्थस्सca·tut·thas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    dutiyassa ca jhānassa catutthassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  616. 616

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  617. 617

    दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चतुत्थञ्चca·tut·thañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    dutiyañca jhānaṁ catutthañca jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the second absorption and the fourth absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  618. 618

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    Tīhākārehi dutiyañca jhānaṁ suññatañca vimokkhaṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the second absorption and the emptiness release,” …

  619. 619

    अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    animittañca vimokkhaṁ …

    and the signless release,” …

  620. 620

    अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    appaṇihitañca vimokkhaṁ …

    and the desireless release,” …

  621. 621

    सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    suññatañca samādhiṁ …

    and the emptiness stillness,” …

  622. 622

    अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    animittañca samādhiṁ …

    and the signless stillness,” …

  623. 623

    अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    appaṇihitañca samādhiṁ …

    and the desireless stillness,” …

  624. 624

    सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    suññatañca samāpattiṁ …

    and the emptiness attainment,” …

  625. 625

    अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    animittañca samāpattiṁ …

    and the signless attainment,” …

  626. 626

    अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    appaṇihitañca samāpattiṁ …

    and the desireless attainment,” …

  627. 627

    तिस्सोtis·so चca विज्जाvij·jā …

    tisso ca vijjā …

    and the three true insights,” …

  628. 628

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca सतिपट्ठानेsa·ti·paṭ·ṭhā·ne …

    cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne …

    and the four applications of mindfulness,” …

  629. 629

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca सम्मप्पधानेsam·map·pa·dhā·ne …

    cattāro ca sammappadhāne …

    and the four right efforts,” …

  630. 630

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca इद्धिपादेid·dhi·pā·de …

    cattāro ca iddhipāde …

    and the four foundations for supernormal power,” …

  631. 631

    पञ्चpañ·ca चca इन्द्रियानिin·dri·yā·ni …

    pañca ca indriyāni …

    and the five spiritual faculties,” …

  632. 632

    पञ्चpañ·ca चca बलानिba·lā·ni …

    pañca ca balāni …

    and the five spiritual powers,” …

  633. 633

    सत्तsat·ta चca बोज्झङ्गेboj·jhaṅ·ge …

    satta ca bojjhaṅge …

    and the seven factors of awakening,” …

  634. 634

    अरियञ्चa·ri·yañ·ca अट्ठङ्गिकंaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·kaṃ मग्गंmag·gaṃ …

    ariyañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ …

    and the noble eightfold path,” …

  635. 635

    सोतापत्तिफलञ्चso·tā·pat·ti·pha·lañ·ca …

    sotāpattiphalañca …

    and the fruit of streamentry,” …

  636. 636

    सकदागामिफलञ्चsa·ka·dā·gā·mi·pha·lañ·ca …

    sakadāgāmiphalañca …

    and the fruit of once-returning,” …

  637. 637

    अनागामिफलञ्चa·nā·gā·mi·pha·lañ·ca …

    anāgāmiphalañca …

    and the fruit of non-returning,” …

  638. 638

    अरहत्तञ्चa·ra·hat·tañ·ca समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    arahattañca samāpajjiṁ …

    and perfection,” …

  639. 639

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  640. 640

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  641. 641

    दुतियस्सdu·ti·yas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa अरहत्तस्सa·ra·hat·tas·sa चca लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    dutiyassa ca jhānassa arahattassa ca lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  642. 642

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  643. 643

    दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अरहत्तञ्चa·ra·hat·tañ·ca सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    dutiyañca jhānaṁ arahattañca sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the second absorption and perfection,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  644. 644

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi dutiyañca jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the second absorption and I’ve given up sensual desire …

  645. 645

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  646. 646

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  647. 647

    दुतियस्सdu·ti·yas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    dutiyassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  648. 648

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  649. 649

    दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मया,ma·yā रागोrā·go चca मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    dutiyañca jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayā, rāgo ca me catto …

    “I’ve realized the second absorption and I’ve given up sensual desire …

  650. 650

    दोसोdo·so चca मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    doso ca me catto …

    and I’ve given up ill will …

  651. 651

    मोहोmo·ho चca मेme चत्तोcat·to वन्तोvan·to मुत्तोmut·to पहीनोpa·hī·no पटिनिस्सट्ठोpa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭho उक्खेटितोuk·khe·ṭi·to समुक्खेटितो।sa·muk·khe·ṭi·to

    moho ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭito.

    and I’ve given up confusion, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside,” …

  652. 652

    रागाrā·gā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ …

    Rāgā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ …

    and my mind is free from the hindrance of sensual desire,” …

  653. 653

    दोसाdo·sā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ …

    dosā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ …

    and my mind is free from the hindrance of ill will,” …

  654. 654

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    and my mind is free from the hindrance of confusion,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  655. 655

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi dutiyañca jhānaṁ paṭhamañca jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the second absorption and the first absorption,” …

  656. 656

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  657. 657

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  658. 658

    दुतियस्सdu·ti·yas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    dutiyassa ca jhānassa paṭhamassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  659. 659

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  660. 660

    दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्सpā·rā·ji·kas·sa …पे…pe

    dutiyañca jhānaṁ paṭhamañca jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa …pe…

    “I’ve realized the second absorption and the first absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled …

  661. 661

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  662. 662

    बद्धचक्कं।bad·dha·cak·kaṃ

    Baddhacakkaṁ.

    The linked permutation series is finished.

  663. 663

    एवंe·vaṃ एकेकंe·ke·kaṃ मूलंmū·laṃ कातुनkā·tu·na बद्धचक्कंbad·dha·cak·kaṃ परिवत्तकंpa·ri·vat·ta·kaṃ कत्तब्बं।kat·tab·baṃ

    Evaṁ ekekaṁ mūlaṁ kātuna baddhacakkaṁ parivattakaṁ kattabbaṁ.

    In this way each section is to be dealt with as in the linked permutation series.

  664. 664

    इदंi·daṃ सङ्खित्तं।saṅ·khit·taṃ

    Idaṁ saṅkhittaṁ.

    Here it is in brief:

  665. 665

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चतुत्थञ्चca·tut·thañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ …पे…pe

    Tīhākārehi tatiyañca jhānaṁ catutthañca jhānaṁ …pe…

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the third absorption and the fourth absorption,” …

  666. 666

    ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अरहत्तञ्चa·ra·hat·tañ·ca समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    tatiyañca jhānaṁ arahattañca samāpajjiṁ …

    the third absorption and perfection,” …

  667. 667

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  668. 668

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  669. 669

    ततियस्सta·ti·yas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa अरहत्तस्सa·ra·hat·tas·sa चca लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    tatiyassa ca jhānassa arahattassa ca lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  670. 670

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  671. 671

    ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ अरहत्तञ्चa·ra·hat·tañ·ca सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    tatiyañca jhānaṁ arahattañca sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the third absorption and perfection,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  672. 672

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi tatiyañca jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the third absorption and I’ve given up sensual desire …

  673. 673

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  674. 674

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  675. 675

    ततियस्सta·ti·yas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    tatiyassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  676. 676

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  677. 677

    ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मया,ma·yā रागोrā·go चca मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    tatiyañca jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayā, rāgo ca me catto …

    “I’ve realized the third absorption and I’ve given up sensual desire …

  678. 678

    दोसोdo·so चca मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    doso ca me catto …

    and I’ve given up ill will …

  679. 679

    मोहोmo·ho चca मेme चत्तोcat·to वन्तोvan·to मुत्तोmut·to पहीनोpa·hī·no पटिनिस्सट्ठोpa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭho उक्खेटितोuk·khe·ṭi·to समुक्खेटितो।sa·muk·khe·ṭi·to

    moho ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭito.

    and I’ve given up confusion, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside,” …

  680. 680

    रागाrā·gā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ …

    Rāgā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ …

    and my mind is free from the hindrance of sensual desire,” …

  681. 681

    दोसाdo·sā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ …

    dosā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ …

    and my mind is free from the hindrance of ill will,” …

  682. 682

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    and my mind is free from the hindrance of confusion,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  683. 683

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ …

    Tīhākārehi tatiyañca jhānaṁ paṭhamañca jhānaṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the third absorption and the first absorption,” …

  684. 684

    ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    tatiyañca jhānaṁ dutiyañca jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    “I attained the third absorption and the second absorption,” …

  685. 685

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  686. 686

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  687. 687

    ततियस्सta·ti·yas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa दुतियस्सdu·ti·yas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    tatiyassa ca jhānassa dutiyassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  688. 688

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  689. 689

    ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    tatiyañca jhānaṁ dutiyañca jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “I’ve realized the third absorption and the second absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled. …

  690. 690

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ …पे…pe

    Tīhākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ paṭhamañca jhānaṁ …pe…

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I attained the first absorption,” …

  691. 691

    दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ …

    dutiyañca jhānaṁ …

    the second absorption,” …

  692. 692

    ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ …

    tatiyañca jhānaṁ …

    the third absorption,” …

  693. 693

    चतुत्थञ्चca·tut·thañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ

    catutthañca jhānaṁ samāpajjiṁ

    the fourth absorption,” …

  694. 694

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  695. 695

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  696. 696

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ चतुत्थस्सca·tut·thas·sa चca झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ catutthassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  697. 697

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  698. 698

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ चतुत्थञ्चca·tut·thañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ catutthañca jhānaṁ sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I’ve realized the fourth absorption,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  699. 699

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    Tīhākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ suññatañca vimokkhaṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I attained the emptiness release,” …

  700. 700

    अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    animittañca vimokkhaṁ …

    and I attained the signless release,” …

  701. 701

    अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    appaṇihitañca vimokkhaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    and I attained the desireless release,” …

  702. 702

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  703. 703

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  704. 704

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ अप्पणिहितस्सap·pa·ṇi·hi·tas·sa चca विमोक्खस्सvi·mok·khas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ appaṇihitassa ca vimokkhassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  705. 705

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  706. 706

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ अप्पणिहितोap·pa·ṇi·hi·to चca विमोक्खोvi·mok·kho सच्छिकतोsac·chi·ka·to मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ appaṇihito ca vimokkho sacchikato mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I’ve realized the desireless release,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  707. 707

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ suññatañca samādhiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I attained the emptiness stillness,” …

  708. 708

    अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    animittañca samādhiṁ …

    and I attained the signless stillness,” …

  709. 709

    अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    appaṇihitañca samādhiṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    and I attained the desireless stillness,” …

  710. 710

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  711. 711

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  712. 712

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ अप्पणिहितस्सap·pa·ṇi·hi·tas·sa चca समाधिस्सsa·mā·dhis·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ appaṇihitassa ca samādhissa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  713. 713

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  714. 714

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ अप्पणिहितोap·pa·ṇi·hi·to चca समाधिsa·mā·dhi सच्छिकतोsac·chi·ka·to मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ appaṇihito ca samādhi sacchikato mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I’ve realized the desireless stillness,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  715. 715

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ suññatañca samāpattiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I attained the emptiness attainment,” …

  716. 716

    अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    animittañca samāpattiṁ …

    and I attained the signless attainment,” …

  717. 717

    अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    appaṇihitañca samāpattiṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    and I attained the desireless attainment,” …

  718. 718

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  719. 719

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  720. 720

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ अप्पणिहितायap·pa·ṇi·hi·tā·ya चca समापत्तियाsa·mā·pat·ti·yā लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ appaṇihitāya ca samāpattiyā lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  721. 721

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  722. 722

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ अप्पणिहिताap·pa·ṇi·hi·tā चca समापत्तिsa·mā·pat·ti सच्छिकताsac·chi·ka·tā मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ appaṇihitā ca samāpatti sacchikatā mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I’ve realized the desireless attainment,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  723. 723

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ तिस्सोtis·so चca विज्जाvij·jā समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ tisso ca vijjā samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I attained the three true insights,” …

  724. 724

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  725. 725

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  726. 726

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ तिस्सन्नञ्चtis·san·nañ·ca विज्जानंvij·jā·naṃ लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ tissannañca vijjānaṁ lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  727. 727

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  728. 728

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ तिस्सोtis·so चca विज्जाvij·jā सच्छिकताsac·chi·ka·tā मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ tisso ca vijjā sacchikatā mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I’ve realized the three true insights,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  729. 729

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca सतिपट्ठानेsa·ti·paṭ·ṭhā·ne …

    Tīhākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I attained the four applications of mindfulness,” …

  730. 730

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca सम्मप्पधानेsam·map·pa·dhā·ne …

    cattāro ca sammappadhāne …

    and I attained the four right efforts,” …

  731. 731

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca इद्धिपादेid·dhi·pā·de समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    cattāro ca iddhipāde samāpajjiṁ …

    and I attained the four foundations for supernormal power,” …

  732. 732

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  733. 733

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  734. 734

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ चतुन्नञ्चca·tun·nañ·ca इद्धिपादानंid·dhi·pā·dā·naṃ लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ catunnañca iddhipādānaṁ lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  735. 735

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  736. 736

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca इद्धिपादाid·dhi·pā·dā सच्छिकताsac·chi·ka·tā मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ cattāro ca iddhipādā sacchikatā mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I’ve realized the four foundations for supernormal power,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  737. 737

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ पञ्चpañ·ca चca इन्द्रियानिin·dri·yā·ni …

    Tīhākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ pañca ca indriyāni …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I attained the five spiritual faculties,” …

  738. 738

    पञ्चpañ·ca चca बलानिba·lā·ni समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    pañca ca balāni samāpajjiṁ …

    and I attained the five spiritual powers,” …

  739. 739

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  740. 740

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  741. 741

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ पञ्चन्नञ्चpañ·can·nañ·ca बलानंba·lā·naṃ लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ pañcannañca balānaṁ lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  742. 742

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  743. 743

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ पञ्चpañ·ca चca बलानिba·lā·ni सच्छिकतानिsac·chi·ka·tā·ni मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ pañca ca balāni sacchikatāni mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I’ve realized the five spiritual powers,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  744. 744

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ सत्तsat·ta चca बोज्झङ्गेboj·jhaṅ·ge समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ satta ca bojjhaṅge samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I attained the seven factors of awakening,” …

  745. 745

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  746. 746

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  747. 747

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ सत्तन्नञ्चsat·tan·nañ·ca बोज्झङ्गानंboj·jhaṅ·gā·naṃ लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ sattannañca bojjhaṅgānaṁ lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  748. 748

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  749. 749

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ सत्तsat·ta चca बोज्झङ्गाboj·jhaṅ·gā सच्छिकताsac·chi·ka·tā मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ satta ca bojjhaṅgā sacchikatā mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I’ve realized the seven factors of awakening,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  750. 750

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ अरियञ्चa·ri·yañ·ca अट्ठङ्गिकंaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·kaṃ मग्गंmag·gaṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ ariyañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I attained the noble eightfold path,” …

  751. 751

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    “I’m attaining …

  752. 752

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    “I’ve attained …

  753. 753

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ अरियस्सa·ri·yas·sa चca अट्ठङ्गिकस्सaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·kas·sa मग्गस्सmag·gas·sa लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ ariyassa ca aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhimhi …

    “I obtain …

  754. 754

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    “I master …

  755. 755

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ अरियोa·ri·yo चca अट्ठङ्गिकोaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·ko मग्गोmag·go सच्छिकतोsac·chi·ka·to मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ ariyo ca aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sacchikato mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I’ve realized the noble eightfold path,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  756. 756

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ सोतापत्तिफलञ्चso·tā·pat·ti·pha·lañ·ca …

    Tīhākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ sotāpattiphalañca …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I attained the fruit of streamentry,” …

  757. 757

    सकदागामिफलञ्चsa·ka·dā·gā·mi·pha·lañ·ca …

    sakadāgāmiphalañca …

    and I attained the fruit of once-returning,” …

  758. 758

    अनागामिफलञ्चa·nā·gā·mi·pha·lañ·ca …

    anāgāmiphalañca …

    and I attained the fruit of non-returning,” …

  759. 759

    अरहत्तञ्चa·ra·hat·tañ·ca समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    arahattañca samāpajjiṁ …

    and I attained perfection,” …

  760. 760

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    and I’m attaining …

  761. 761

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    and I’ve attained …

  762. 762

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ अरहत्तस्सa·ra·hat·tas·sa चca लाभिम्हिlā·bhim·hi …

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ arahattassa ca lābhimhi …

    and I obtain …

  763. 763

    वसिम्हिva·sim·hi …

    vasimhi …

    and I master …

  764. 764

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ अरहत्तञ्चa·ra·hat·tañ·ca सच्छिकतंsac·chi·ka·taṃ मयातिma·yā·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ arahattañca sacchikataṁ mayāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I’ve realized perfection,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  765. 765

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणं,vi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ रागोrā·go चca मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    Tīhākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ, rāgo ca me catto …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I’ve given up sensual desire …

  766. 766

    दोसोdo·so चca मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    doso ca me catto …

    and I’ve given up ill will …

  767. 767

    मोहोmo·ho चca मेme चत्तोcat·to वन्तोvan·to मुत्तोmut·to पहीनोpa·hī·no पटिनिस्सट्ठोpa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭho उक्खेटितोuk·khe·ṭi·to समुक्खेटितोतिsa·muk·khe·ṭi·to·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    moho ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭitoti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    and I’ve given up confusion, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled.

  768. 768

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ रागाrā·gā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ …

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ rāgā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and my mind is free from the hindrance of sensual desire,” …

  769. 769

    दोसाdo·sā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    dosā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    and my mind is free from the hindrance of ill will,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  770. 770

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  771. 771

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  772. 772

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  773. 773

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  774. 774

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  775. 775

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  776. 776

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  777. 777

    एकमूलकंe·ka·mū·la·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Ekamūlakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The section based on one item is finished.

  778. 778

    Combinations of more than two attainments

  779. 779

    यथाya·thā एकमूलकंe·ka·mū·la·kaṃ वित्थारितंvit·thā·ri·taṃ एवमेवe·va·me·va दुमूलकादिपिdu·mū·la·kā·di·pi वित्थारेतब्बं।vit·thā·re·tab·baṃ

    Yathā ekamūlakaṁ vitthāritaṁ evameva dumūlakādipi vitthāretabbaṁ.

    The sections based on two items, etc., are to be given in detail in the same way as the section based on one item.

  780. 780

    Combination of all attainments

  781. 781

    इदंi·daṃ सब्बमूलकंsab·ba·mū·la·kaṃ

    Idaṁ sabbamūlakaṁ

    This is the section based on all items:

  782. 782

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चतुत्थञ्चca·tut·thañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ तिस्सोtis·so चca विज्जाvij·jā चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca सतिपट्ठानेsa·ti·paṭ·ṭhā·ne चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca सम्मप्पधानेsam·map·pa·dhā·ne चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca इद्धिपादेid·dhi·pā·de पञ्चpañ·ca चca इन्द्रियानिin·dri·yā·ni पञ्चpañ·ca चca बलानिba·lā·ni सत्तsat·ta चca बोज्झङ्गेboj·jhaṅ·ge अरियञ्चa·ri·yañ·ca अट्ठङ्गिकंaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·kaṃ मग्गंmag·gaṃ सोतापत्तिफलञ्चso·tā·pat·ti·pha·lañ·ca सकदागामिफलञ्चsa·ka·dā·gā·mi·pha·lañ·ca अनागामिफलञ्चa·nā·gā·mi·pha·lañ·ca अरहत्तञ्चa·ra·hat·tañ·ca समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ dutiyañca jhānaṁ tatiyañca jhānaṁ catutthañca jhānaṁ suññatañca vimokkhaṁ animittañca vimokkhaṁ appaṇihitañca vimokkhaṁ suññatañca samādhiṁ animittañca samādhiṁ appaṇihitañca samādhiṁ suññatañca samāpattiṁ animittañca samāpattiṁ appaṇihitañca samāpattiṁ tisso ca vijjā cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne cattāro ca sammappadhāne cattāro ca iddhipāde pañca ca indriyāni pañca ca balāni satta ca bojjhaṅge ariyañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ sotāpattiphalañca sakadāgāmiphalañca anāgāmiphalañca arahattañca samāpajjiṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “I attained the first absorption and the second absorption and the third absorption and the fourth absorption and the emptiness release and the signless release and the desireless release and the emptiness stillness and the signless stillness and the desireless stillness and the emptiness attainment and the signless attainment and the desireless attainment and the three true insights and the four applications of mindfulness and the four right efforts and the four foundations for supernormal power and the five spiritual faculties and the five spiritual powers and the seven factors of awakening and the noble eightfold path and the fruit of streamentry and the fruit of once-returning and the fruit of non-returning and perfection …

  783. 783

    समापज्जामिsa·mā·paj·jā·mi …

    samāpajjāmi …

    and I’m attaining …

  784. 784

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …पे…pe

    samāpanno …pe…

    and I’ve attained … etc. …

  785. 785

    रागोrā·go चca मेme चत्तो,cat·to दोसोdo·so चca मेme चत्तो,cat·to मोहोmo·ho चca मेme चत्तोcat·to वन्तोvan·to मुत्तोmut·to पहीनोpa·hī·no पटिनिस्सट्ठोpa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭho उक्खेटितोuk·khe·ṭi·to समुक्खेटितो।sa·muk·khe·ṭi·to

    rāgo ca me catto, doso ca me catto, moho ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭito.

    and I’ve given up sensual desire, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside; and I’ve given up ill will, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside; and I’ve given up confusion, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside;

  786. 786

    रागाrā·gā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणं,vi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ दोसाdo·sā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणं,vi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Rāgā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ, dosā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ, mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

    and my mind is free from the hindrance of sensual desire and my mind is free from the hindrance of ill will and my mind is free from the hindrance of confusion,” he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  787. 787

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  788. 788

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  789. 789

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  790. 790

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  791. 791

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  792. 792

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  793. 793

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  794. 794

    सब्बमूलकंsab·ba·mū·la·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Sabbamūlakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The section based on all items is finished.

  795. 795

    सुद्धिकवारकथाsud·dhi·ka·vā·ra·ka·thā निट्ठिता।niṭ·ṭhi·tā

    Suddhikavārakathā niṭṭhitā.

    The exposition of the section on the basic series is finished.

  796. 796

    Meaning to say first absorption, but saying something else

  797. 797

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti vattukāmo dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “I attained the first absorption,” while actually saying, “I attained the second absorption,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  798. 798

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled.

  799. 799

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo ततियंta·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti vattukāmo tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “I attained the first absorption,” while actually saying, “I attained the third absorption,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  800. 800

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled.

  801. 801

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti vattukāmo catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “I attained the first absorption,” while actually saying, “I attained the fourth absorption,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  802. 802

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled.

  803. 803

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo सुञ्ञतंsuñ·ña·taṃ विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti vattukāmo suññataṁ vimokkhaṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “I attained the first absorption,” while actually saying, “I attained the emptiness release,” …

  804. 804

    अनिमित्तंa·ni·mit·taṃ विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    animittaṁ vimokkhaṁ …

    the signless release,” …

  805. 805

    अप्पणिहितंap·pa·ṇi·hi·taṃ विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    appaṇihitaṁ vimokkhaṁ …

    the desireless release,” …

  806. 806

    सुञ्ञतंsuñ·ña·taṃ समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    suññataṁ samādhiṁ …

    the emptiness stillness,” …

  807. 807

    अनिमित्तंa·ni·mit·taṃ समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    animittaṁ samādhiṁ …

    the signless stillness,” …

  808. 808

    अप्पणिहितंap·pa·ṇi·hi·taṃ समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    appaṇihitaṁ samādhiṁ …

    the desireless stillness,” …

  809. 809

    सुञ्ञतंsuñ·ña·taṃ समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    suññataṁ samāpattiṁ …

    the emptiness attainment,” …

  810. 810

    अनिमित्तंa·ni·mit·taṃ समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    animittaṁ samāpattiṁ …

    the signless attainment,” …

  811. 811

    अप्पणिहितंap·pa·ṇi·hi·taṃ समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    appaṇihitaṁ samāpattiṁ …

    the desireless attainment,” …

  812. 812

    तिस्सोtis·so विज्जाvij·jā …

    tisso vijjā …

    the three true insights,” …

  813. 813

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro सतिपट्ठानेsa·ti·paṭ·ṭhā·ne …

    cattāro satipaṭṭhāne …

    the four applications of mindfulness,” …

  814. 814

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro सम्मप्पधानेsam·map·pa·dhā·ne …

    cattāro sammappadhāne …

    the four right efforts,” …

  815. 815

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro इद्धिपादेid·dhi·pā·de …

    cattāro iddhipāde …

    the four foundations for supernormal power,” …

  816. 816

    पञ्चिन्द्रियानिpañ·cin·dri·yā·ni …

    pañcindriyāni …

    the five spiritual faculties,” …

  817. 817

    पञ्चpañ·ca बलानिba·lā·ni …

    pañca balāni …

    the five spiritual powers,” …

  818. 818

    सत्तsat·ta बोज्झङ्गेboj·jhaṅ·ge …

    satta bojjhaṅge …

    the seven factors of awakening,” …

  819. 819

    अरियंa·ri·yaṃ अट्ठङ्गिकंaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·kaṃ मग्गंmag·gaṃ …

    ariyaṁ aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ …

    the noble eightfold path,” …

  820. 820

    सोतापत्तिफलंso·tā·pat·ti·pha·laṃ …

    sotāpattiphalaṁ …

    the fruit of streamentry,” …

  821. 821

    सकदागामिफलंsa·ka·dā·gā·mi·pha·laṃ …

    sakadāgāmiphalaṁ …

    the fruit of once-returning,” …

  822. 822

    अनागामिफलंa·nā·gā·mi·pha·laṃ …

    anāgāmiphalaṁ …

    the fruit of non-returning,” …

  823. 823

    अरहत्तंa·ra·hat·taṃ समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …पे…pe

    arahattaṁ samāpajjiṁ …pe…

    perfection,” …

  824. 824

    रागोrā·go मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    rāgo me catto …

    “I’ve given up sensual desire …

  825. 825

    दोसोdo·so मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    doso me catto …

    “I’ve given up ill will …

  826. 826

    मोहोmo·ho मेme चत्तोcat·to वन्तोvan·to मुत्तोmut·to पहीनोpa·hī·no पटिनिस्सट्ठोpa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭho उक्खेटितोuk·khe·ṭi·to समुक्खेटितो।sa·muk·khe·ṭi·to

    moho me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭito.

    “I’ve given up confusion, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside,” …

  827. 827

    रागाrā·gā मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ …

    Rāgā me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ …

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of sensual desire,” …

  828. 828

    दोसाdo·sā मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ …

    dosā me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ …

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of ill will,” …

  829. 829

    मोहाmo·hā मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  830. 830

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स—thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa—

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  831. 831

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  832. 832

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  833. 833

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  834. 834

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  835. 835

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  836. 836

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  837. 837

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  838. 838

    वत्थुविसारकस्सvat·thu·vi·sā·ra·kas·sa एकमूलकस्सe·ka·mū·la·kas·sa खण्डचक्कंkhaṇ·ḍa·cak·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Vatthuvisārakassa ekamūlakassa khaṇḍacakkaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The unconnected permutation series based on one item with a speech extension is finished.

  839. 839

    Meaning to say second absorption, but saying something else

  840. 840

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo ततियंta·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti vattukāmo tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “I attained the second absorption,” while actually saying, “I attained the third absorption,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  841. 841

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled.

  842. 842

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti …पे…pe

    Tīhākārehi dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti vattukāmo catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti …pe…

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “I attained the second absorption,” while actually saying, “I attained the fourth absorption,” …

  843. 843

    मोहाmo·hā मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  844. 844

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled.

  845. 845

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti vattukāmo paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “I attained the second absorption,” while actually saying, “I attained the first absorption,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  846. 846

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सthul·lac·ca·yas·sa …पे…pe

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa …pe…

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled …

  847. 847

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  848. 848

    वत्थुविसारकस्सvat·thu·vi·sā·ra·kas·sa एकमूलकस्सe·ka·mū·la·kas·sa बद्धचक्कं।bad·dha·cak·kaṃ

    Vatthuvisārakassa ekamūlakassa baddhacakkaṁ.

    The linked permutation series based on one item with a speech extension is finished.

  849. 849

    मूलंmū·laṃ सङ्खित्तं।saṅ·khit·taṃ

    Mūlaṁ saṅkhittaṁ.

    The basis in brief is finished.

  850. 850

    Meaning to say he is free from confusion, but saying something else

  851. 851

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi mohā me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti vattukāmo paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion,” while actually saying, “I attained the first absorption,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  852. 852

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled.

  853. 853

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo दोसाdo·sā मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi mohā me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti vattukāmo dosā me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion,” while actually saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of ill will,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  854. 854

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सthul·lac·ca·yas·sa …पे…pe

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa …pe…

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled …

  855. 855

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  856. 856

    वत्थुविसारकस्सvat·thu·vi·sā·ra·kas·sa एकमूलकंe·ka·mū·la·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Vatthuvisārakassa ekamūlakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The section based on one item with a speech extension is finished.

  857. 857

    Meaning to say any particular combination of individual attainments, but saying something else

  858. 858

    यथाya·thā एकमूलकंe·ka·mū·la·kaṃ वित्थारितंvit·thā·ri·taṃ एवमेवe·va·me·va दुमूलकादिपिdu·mū·la·kā·di·pi वित्थारेतब्बं।vit·thā·re·tab·baṃ

    Yathā ekamūlakaṁ vitthāritaṁ evameva dumūlakādipi vitthāretabbaṁ.

    The sections based on two items, etc., are to be given in detail in the same way as the section based on one item.

  859. 859

    Meaning to say all the attainments but one, and instead saying the remaining one

  860. 860

    इदंi·daṃ सब्बमूलकंsab·ba·mū·la·kaṃ

    Idaṁ sabbamūlakaṁ

    This is the section based on all items:

  861. 861

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चतुत्थञ्चca·tut·thañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ तिस्सोtis·so चca विज्जाvij·jā चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca सतिपट्ठानेsa·ti·paṭ·ṭhā·ne चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca सम्मप्पधानेsam·map·pa·dhā·ne चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca इद्धिपादेid·dhi·pā·de पञ्चpañ·ca चca इन्द्रियानिin·dri·yā·ni पञ्चpañ·ca चca बलानिba·lā·ni सत्तsat·ta चca बोज्झङ्गेboj·jhaṅ·ge अरियञ्चa·ri·yañ·ca अट्ठङ्गिकंaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·kaṃ मग्गंmag·gaṃ सोतापत्तिफलञ्चso·tā·pat·ti·pha·lañ·ca सकदागामिफलञ्चsa·ka·dā·gā·mi·pha·lañ·ca अनागामिफलञ्चa·nā·gā·mi·pha·lañ·ca अरहत्तञ्चa·ra·hat·tañ·ca समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …पे…pe

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi paṭhamañca jhānaṁ dutiyañca jhānaṁ tatiyañca jhānaṁ catutthañca jhānaṁ suññatañca vimokkhaṁ animittañca vimokkhaṁ appaṇihitañca vimokkhaṁ suññatañca samādhiṁ animittañca samādhiṁ appaṇihitañca samādhiṁ suññatañca samāpattiṁ animittañca samāpattiṁ appaṇihitañca samāpattiṁ tisso ca vijjā cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne cattāro ca sammappadhāne cattāro ca iddhipāde pañca ca indriyāni pañca ca balāni satta ca bojjhaṅge ariyañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ sotāpattiphalañca sakadāgāmiphalañca anāgāmiphalañca arahattañca samāpajjiṁ …pe…

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “I attained the first absorption and the second absorption and the third absorption and the fourth absorption and the emptiness release and the signless release and the desireless release and the emptiness stillness and the signless stillness and the desireless stillness and the emptiness attainment and the signless attainment and the desireless attainment and the three true insights and the four applications of mindfulness and the four right efforts and the four foundations for supernormal power and the five spiritual faculties and the five spiritual powers and the seven factors of awakening and the noble eightfold path and the fruit of streamentry and the fruit of once-returning and the fruit of non-returning and perfection …

  862. 862

    रागोrā·go चca मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    rāgo ca me catto …

    and I’ve given up sensual desire …

  863. 863

    दोसोdo·so चca मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    doso ca me catto …

    and I’ve given up ill will …

  864. 864

    मोहोmo·ho चca मेme चत्तोcat·to वन्तोvan·to मुत्तोmut·to पहीनोpa·hī·no पटिनिस्सट्ठोpa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭho उक्खेटितोuk·khe·ṭi·to समुक्खेटितो,sa·muk·khe·ṭi·to रागाrā·gā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ दोसाdo·sā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo मोहाmo·hā मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    moho ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭito, rāgā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ dosā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti vattukāmo mohā me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    and I’ve given up confusion, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside; and my mind is free from the hindrance of sensual desire and my mind is free from the hindrance of ill will,” while actually saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  865. 865

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled.

  866. 866

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चतुत्थञ्चca·tut·thañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ सुञ्ञतञ्चsuñ·ña·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ अनिमित्तञ्चa·ni·mit·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ अप्पणिहितञ्चap·pa·ṇi·hi·tañ·ca समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ तिस्सोtis·so चca विज्जाvij·jā चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca सतिपट्ठानेsa·ti·paṭ·ṭhā·ne चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca सम्मप्पधानेsam·map·pa·dhā·ne चत्तारोcat·tā·ro चca इद्धिपादेid·dhi·pā·de पञ्चpañ·ca चca इन्द्रियानिin·dri·yā·ni पञ्चpañ·ca चca बलानिba·lā·ni सत्तsat·ta चca बोज्झङ्गेboj·jhaṅ·ge अरियञ्चa·ri·yañ·ca अट्ठङ्गिकंaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·kaṃ मग्गंmag·gaṃ सोतापत्तिफलञ्चso·tā·pat·ti·pha·lañ·ca सकदागामिफलञ्चsa·ka·dā·gā·mi·pha·lañ·ca अनागामिफलञ्चa·nā·gā·mi·pha·lañ·ca अरहत्तञ्चa·ra·hat·tañ·ca समापज्जिंsa·mā·paj·jiṃ …पे…pe

    Tīhākārehi dutiyañca jhānaṁ tatiyañca jhānaṁ catutthañca jhānaṁ suññatañca vimokkhaṁ animittañca vimokkhaṁ appaṇihitañca vimokkhaṁ suññatañca samādhiṁ animittañca samādhiṁ appaṇihitañca samādhiṁ suññatañca samāpattiṁ animittañca samāpattiṁ appaṇihitañca samāpattiṁ tisso ca vijjā cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne cattāro ca sammappadhāne cattāro ca iddhipāde pañca ca indriyāni pañca ca balāni satta ca bojjhaṅge ariyañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ sotāpattiphalañca sakadāgāmiphalañca anāgāmiphalañca arahattañca samāpajjiṁ …pe…

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “I attained the second absorption and the third absorption and the fourth absorption and the emptiness release and the signless release and the desireless release and the emptiness stillness and the signless stillness and the desireless stillness and the emptiness attainment and the signless attainment and the desireless attainment and the three true insights and the four applications of mindfulness and the four right efforts and the four foundations for supernormal power and the five spiritual faculties and the five spiritual powers and the seven factors of awakening and the noble eightfold path and the fruit of streamentry and the fruit of once-returning and the fruit of non-returning and perfection …

  867. 867

    रागोrā·go चca मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    rāgo ca me catto …

    and I’ve given up sensual desire …

  868. 868

    दोसोdo·so चca मेme चत्तोcat·to …

    doso ca me catto …

    and I’ve given up ill will …

  869. 869

    मोहोmo·ho चca मेme चत्तोcat·to वन्तोvan·to मुत्तोmut·to पहीनोpa·hī·no पटिनिस्सट्ठोpa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭho उक्खेटितोuk·khe·ṭi·to समुक्खेटितो,sa·muk·khe·ṭi·to रागाrā·gā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ दोसाdo·sā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    moho ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭito, rāgā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ dosā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti vattukāmo paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    and I’ve given up confusion, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside; and my mind is free from the hindrance of sensual desire and my mind is free from the hindrance of ill will and my mind is free from the hindrance of confusion,” while actually saying, “I attained the first absorption,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  870. 870

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled.

  871. 871

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चतुत्थञ्चca·tut·thañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ …पे…pe

    Tīhākārehi tatiyañca jhānaṁ catutthañca jhānaṁ …pe…

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “I attained the third absorption and the fourth absorption …

  872. 872

    मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिन्तिsa·mā·paj·jin·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ paṭhamañca jhānaṁ samāpajjinti vattukāmo dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    and my mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I attained the first absorption,” while actually saying, “I attained the second absorption,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  873. 873

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled.

  874. 874

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi मोहाmo·hā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ पठमञ्चpa·ṭha·mañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ दुतियञ्चdu·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ ततियञ्चta·ti·yañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ चतुत्थञ्चca·tut·thañ·ca झानंjhā·naṃ …पे…pe

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi mohā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ paṭhamañca jhānaṁ dutiyañca jhānaṁ tatiyañca jhānaṁ catutthañca jhānaṁ …pe…

    If he lies in full awareness, meaning to say, “My mind is free from the hindrance of confusion and I attained the first absorption and the second absorption and the third absorption and the fourth absorption …

  875. 875

    रागाrā·gā चca मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti वत्तुकामोvat·tu·kā·mo दोसाdo·sā मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    rāgā ca me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti vattukāmo dosā me cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārājikassa;

    and my mind is free from the hindrance of sensual desire,” while actually saying, “My mind is free from the hindrance of ill will,” then, if the listener understands, he commits an offense entailing expulsion when three conditions are fulfilled;

  876. 876

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स—thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa—

    if the listener does not understand, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  877. 877

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  878. 878

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  879. 879

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  880. 880

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  881. 881

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  882. 882

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  883. 883

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  884. 884

    वत्थुविसारकस्सvat·thu·vi·sā·ra·kas·sa सब्बमूलकंsab·ba·mū·la·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Vatthuvisārakassa sabbamūlakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The section based on all items with a speech extension is finished.

  885. 885

    वत्थुविसारकस्सvat·thu·vi·sā·ra·kas·sa चक्कपेय्यालंcak·ka·pey·yā·laṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Vatthuvisārakassa cakkapeyyālaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The successive permutation series with a speech extension is finished.

  886. 886

    वत्थुकामवारकथाvat·thu·kā·ma·vā·ra·ka·thā निट्ठिता।niṭ·ṭhi·tā

    Vatthukāmavārakathā niṭṭhitā.

    The exposition of the section on “meaning to say” is finished.

  887. 887

    Gross hinting: in regard to dwellings

  888. 888

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi योyo तेte विहारेvi·hā·re वसिva·si सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिsa·mā·paj·ji …

    Tīhākārehi yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “The monk who stayed in your dwelling attained the first absorption,” …

  889. 889

    समापज्जतिsa·mā·paj·ja·ti …

    samāpajjati …

    is attaining …

  890. 890

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    has attained …

  891. 891

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभीlā·bhī …

    so bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī …

    obtains …

  892. 892

    वसीva·sī …

    vasī …

    masters …

  893. 893

    तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतन्तिsac·chi·ka·tan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स;thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    tena bhikkhunā paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ sacchikatanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa;

    has realized the first absorption,” then, if the listener understands, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled;

  894. 894

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स—duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa—

    if the listener does not understand, he commits an offense of wrong conduct when three conditions are fulfilled:

  895. 895

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  896. 896

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  897. 897

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति।bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti.

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied.

  898. 898

    चतूहाकारेहिca·tū·hā·kā·re·hi … पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi … छहाकारेहिcha·hā·kā·re·hi … सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi योyo तेte विहारेvi·hā·re वसिva·si सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिsa·mā·paj·ji …

    Catūhākārehi … pañcahākārehi … chahākārehi … sattahākārehi yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “The monk who stayed in your dwelling attained the first absorption,” …

  899. 899

    समापज्जतिsa·mā·paj·ja·ti …

    samāpajjati …

    is attaining …

  900. 900

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    has attained …

  901. 901

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu पठमस्सpa·ṭha·mas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभीlā·bhī …

    so bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī …

    obtains …

  902. 902

    वसीva·sī …

    vasī …

    masters …

  903. 903

    तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतन्तिsac·chi·ka·tan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स;thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    tena bhikkhunā paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ sacchikatanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa;

    has realized the first absorption,” then, if the listener understands, he commits a serious offense when four … five … six … seven conditions are fulfilled;

  904. 904

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स—duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa—

    if the listener does not understand, he commits an offense of wrong conduct when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  905. 905

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  906. 906

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  907. 907

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  908. 908

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  909. 909

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  910. 910

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  911. 911

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  912. 912

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi योyo तेte विहारेvi·hā·re वसिva·si सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ …

    Tīhākārehi yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “The monk who stayed in your dwelling attained the second absorption,” …

  913. 913

    ततियंta·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ …

    tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ …

    the third absorption,” …

  914. 914

    चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ …

    catutthaṁ jhānaṁ …

    the fourth absorption,” …

  915. 915

    सुञ्ञतंsuñ·ña·taṃ विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    suññataṁ vimokkhaṁ …

    the emptiness release,” …

  916. 916

    अनिमित्तंa·ni·mit·taṃ विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    animittaṁ vimokkhaṁ …

    the signless release,” …

  917. 917

    अप्पणिहितंap·pa·ṇi·hi·taṃ विमोक्खंvi·mok·khaṃ …

    appaṇihitaṁ vimokkhaṁ …

    the desireless release,” …

  918. 918

    सुञ्ञतंsuñ·ña·taṃ समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    suññataṁ samādhiṁ …

    the emptiness stillness,” …

  919. 919

    अनिमित्तंa·ni·mit·taṃ समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    animittaṁ samādhiṁ …

    the signless stillness,” …

  920. 920

    अप्पणिहितंap·pa·ṇi·hi·taṃ समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ …

    appaṇihitaṁ samādhiṁ …

    the desireless stillness,” …

  921. 921

    सुञ्ञतंsuñ·ña·taṃ समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    suññataṁ samāpattiṁ …

    the emptiness attainment,” …

  922. 922

    अनिमित्तंa·ni·mit·taṃ समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    animittaṁ samāpattiṁ …

    the signless attainment,” …

  923. 923

    अप्पणिहितंap·pa·ṇi·hi·taṃ समापत्तिंsa·mā·pat·tiṃ …

    appaṇihitaṁ samāpattiṁ …

    the desireless attainment,” …

  924. 924

    तिस्सोtis·so विज्जाvij·jā …

    tisso vijjā …

    the three true insights,” …

  925. 925

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro सतिपट्ठानेsa·ti·paṭ·ṭhā·ne …

    cattāro satipaṭṭhāne …

    the four applications of mindfulness,” …

  926. 926

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro सम्मप्पधानेsam·map·pa·dhā·ne …

    cattāro sammappadhāne …

    the four right efforts,” …

  927. 927

    चत्तारोcat·tā·ro इद्धिपादेid·dhi·pā·de …

    cattāro iddhipāde …

    the four foundations for supernormal power,” …

  928. 928

    पञ्चpañ·ca इन्द्रियानिin·dri·yā·ni …

    pañca indriyāni …

    the five spiritual faculties,” …

  929. 929

    पञ्चpañ·ca बलानिba·lā·ni …

    pañca balāni …

    the five spiritual powers,” …

  930. 930

    सत्तsat·ta बोज्झङ्गेboj·jhaṅ·ge …

    satta bojjhaṅge …

    the seven factors of awakening,” …

  931. 931

    अरियंa·ri·yaṃ अट्ठङ्गिकंaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·kaṃ मग्गंmag·gaṃ …

    ariyaṁ aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ …

    the noble eightfold path,” …

  932. 932

    सोतापत्तिफलंso·tā·pat·ti·pha·laṃ …

    sotāpattiphalaṁ …

    the fruit of streamentry,” …

  933. 933

    सकदागामिफलंsa·ka·dā·gā·mi·pha·laṃ …

    sakadāgāmiphalaṁ …

    the fruit of once-returning,” …

  934. 934

    अनागामिफलंa·nā·gā·mi·pha·laṃ …

    anāgāmiphalaṁ …

    the fruit of non-returning,” …

  935. 935

    अरहत्तंa·ra·hat·taṃ समापज्जिsa·mā·paj·ji …

    arahattaṁ samāpajji …

    perfection,” …

  936. 936

    समापज्जतिsa·mā·paj·ja·ti …

    samāpajjati …

    is attaining …

  937. 937

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    has attained …

  938. 938

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu अरहत्तस्सa·ra·hat·tas·sa लाभीlā·bhī …

    so bhikkhu arahattassa lābhī …

    obtains …

  939. 939

    वसीva·sī …

    vasī …

    masters …

  940. 940

    तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā अरहत्तंa·ra·hat·taṃ सच्छिकतन्तिsac·chi·ka·tan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स;thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    tena bhikkhunā arahattaṁ sacchikatanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa;

    has realized perfection,” then, if the listener understands, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled;

  941. 941

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if the listener does not understand, he commits an offense of wrong conduct when three conditions are fulfilled.

  942. 942

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi योyo तेte विहारेvi·hā·re वसि,va·si तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no रागोrā·go चत्तोcat·to …

    Tīhākārehi yo te vihāre vasi, tassa bhikkhuno rāgo catto …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “The monk who stayed in your dwelling has given up sensual desire …

  943. 943

    दोसोdo·so चत्तोcat·to …

    doso catto …

    has given up ill will …

  944. 944

    मोहोmo·ho चत्तोcat·to वन्तोvan·to मुत्तोmut·to पहीनोpa·hī·no पटिनिस्सट्ठोpa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭho उक्खेटितोuk·khe·ṭi·to समुक्खेटितोतिsa·muk·khe·ṭi·to·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स;thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    moho catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭitoti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa;

    has given up confusion, renounced it, let it go, abandoned it, relinquished it, forsaken it, thrown it aside,” then, if the listener understands, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled;

  945. 945

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if the listener does not understand, he commits an offense of wrong conduct when three conditions are fulfilled.

  946. 946

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi योyo तेte विहारेvi·hā·re वसि,va·si तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no रागाrā·gā चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ …

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi yo te vihāre vasi, tassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “The monk who stayed in your dwelling has a mind free from the hindrance of sensual desire,” …

  947. 947

    दोसाdo·sā चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणंvi·nī·va·ra·ṇaṃ …

    dosā cittaṁ vinīvaraṇaṁ …

    a mind free from the hindrance of ill will,” …

  948. 948

    मोहाmo·hā चित्तंcit·taṃ विनीवरणन्तिvi·nī·va·ra·ṇan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स;thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    mohā cittaṁ vinīvaraṇanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa;

    a mind free from the hindrance of confusion,” then, if the listener understands, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled;

  949. 949

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स—duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa—

    if the listener does not understand, he commits an offense of wrong conduct when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  950. 950

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  951. 951

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  952. 952

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  953. 953

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  954. 954

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  955. 955

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  956. 956

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  957. 957

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi योyo तेte विहारेvi·hā·re वसिva·si सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ झानंjhā·naṃ …

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu suññāgāre paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “The monk who stayed in your dwelling attained the first absorption in solitude,” …

  958. 958

    दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ …

    dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ …

    the second absorption …

  959. 959

    ततियंta·ti·yaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ …

    tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ …

    the third absorption …

  960. 960

    चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिsa·mā·paj·ji …

    catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji …

    the fourth absorption …

  961. 961

    समापज्जतिsa·mā·paj·ja·ti …

    samāpajjati …

    is attaining …

  962. 962

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    has attained …

  963. 963

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re चतुत्थस्सca·tut·thas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभीlā·bhī …

    so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī …

    obtains …

  964. 964

    वसीva·sī …

    vasī …

    masters …

  965. 965

    तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतन्तिsac·chi·ka·tan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स;thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṁ jhānaṁ sacchikatanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa;

    has realized the fourth absorption in solitude,” then, if the listener understands, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled;

  966. 966

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स—duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa—

    if the listener does not understand, he commits an offense of wrong conduct when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  967. 967

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  968. 968

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  969. 969

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  970. 970

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  971. 971

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  972. 972

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  973. 973

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  974. 974

    Gross hinting: in regard to any requisite

  975. 975

    यथाya·thā इदंi·daṃ वित्थारितंvit·thā·ri·taṃ एवमेवe·va·me·va सेसानिपिse·sā·ni·pi वित्थारेतब्बानि।vit·thā·re·tab·bā·ni

    Yathā idaṁ vitthāritaṁ evameva sesānipi vitthāretabbāni.

    The remainder should be given in detail in the same way:

  976. 976

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi योyo तेte चीवरंcī·va·raṃ परिभुञ्जिpa·ri·bhuñ·ji …

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi yo te cīvaraṁ paribhuñji …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “The monk who made use of your robe-cloth …

  977. 977

    योyo तेte पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ परिभुञ्जिpa·ri·bhuñ·ji …

    yo te piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñji …

    who made use of your almsfood …

  978. 978

    योyo तेte सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ परिभुञ्जिpa·ri·bhuñ·ji …

    yo te senāsanaṁ paribhuñji …

    who made use of your furniture …

  979. 979

    योyo तेte गिलानप्पच्चयभेसज्जपरिक्खारंgi·lā·nap·pac·ca·ya·bhe·saj·ja·pa·rik·khā·raṃ परिभुञ्जिpa·ri·bhuñ·ji सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिsa·mā·paj·ji …

    yo te gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ paribhuñji so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji …

    who made use of your medicinal supplies attained the fourth absorption in solitude,” …

  980. 980

    समापज्जतिsa·mā·paj·ja·ti …

    samāpajjati …

    is attaining …

  981. 981

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    has attained …

  982. 982

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re चतुत्थस्सca·tut·thas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभीlā·bhī …

    so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī …

    obtains …

  983. 983

    वसीva·sī …

    vasī …

    masters …

  984. 984

    तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतन्तिsac·chi·ka·tan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स;thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṁ jhānaṁ sacchikatanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa;

    has realized the fourth absorption in solitude,” then, if the listener understands, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled;

  985. 985

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सduk·ka·ṭas·sa …पे…pe

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa …pe…

    if the listener does not understand, he commits an offense of wrong conduct when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled …

  986. 986

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  987. 987

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi येनye·na तेte विहारोvi·hā·ro परिभुत्तोpa·ri·bhut·to …

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi yena te vihāro paribhutto …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “The monk who has made use of your dwelling …

  988. 988

    येनye·na तेte चीवरंcī·va·raṃ परिभुत्तंpa·ri·bhut·taṃ …

    yena te cīvaraṁ paribhuttaṁ …

    who has made use of your robe-cloth …

  989. 989

    येनye·na तेte पिण्डपातोpiṇ·ḍa·pā·to परिभुत्तोpa·ri·bhut·to …

    yena te piṇḍapāto paribhutto …

    who has made use of your almsfood …

  990. 990

    येनye·na तेte सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ परिभुत्तंpa·ri·bhut·taṃ …

    yena te senāsanaṁ paribhuttaṁ …

    who has made use of your furniture …

  991. 991

    येनye·na तेte गिलानप्पच्चयभेसज्जपरिक्खारोgi·lā·nap·pac·ca·ya·bhe·saj·ja·pa·rik·khā·ro परिभुत्तोpa·ri·bhut·to …

    yena te gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāro paribhutto …

    who has made use of your medicinal supplies

  992. 992

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिsa·mā·paj·ji …

    so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji …

    attained the fourth absorption in solitude,” …

  993. 993

    समापज्जतिsa·mā·paj·ja·ti …

    samāpajjati …

    is attaining …

  994. 994

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    has attained …

  995. 995

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re चतुत्थस्सca·tut·thas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभीlā·bhī …

    so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī …

    obtains …

  996. 996

    वसीva·sī …

    vasī …

    masters …

  997. 997

    तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतन्तिsac·chi·ka·tan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स;thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṁ jhānaṁ sacchikatanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa;

    has realized the fourth absorption in solitude,” then, if the listener understands, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled;

  998. 998

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सduk·ka·ṭas·sa …पे…pe

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa …pe…

    if the listener does not understand, he commits an offense of wrong conduct when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled …

  999. 999

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  1000. 1000

    तीहाकारेहिtī·hā·kā·re·hi …पे…pe सत्तहाकारेहिsat·ta·hā·kā·re·hi यंyaṃ त्वंtvaṃ आगम्मā·gam·ma विहारंvi·hā·raṃ अदासिa·dā·si …

    Tīhākārehi …pe… sattahākārehi yaṁ tvaṁ āgamma vihāraṁ adāsi …

    If he lies in full awareness, saying, “The monk you gave a dwelling to …

  1001. 1001

    चीवरंcī·va·raṃ अदासिa·dā·si …

    cīvaraṁ adāsi …

    you gave robe-cloth to …

  1002. 1002

    पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ अदासिa·dā·si …

    piṇḍapātaṁ adāsi …

    you gave almsfood to …

  1003. 1003

    सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ अदासिa·dā·si …

    senāsanaṁ adāsi …

    you gave furniture to …

  1004. 1004

    गिलानप्पच्चयभेसज्जपरिक्खारंgi·lā·nap·pac·ca·ya·bhe·saj·ja·pa·rik·khā·raṃ अदासिa·dā·si सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ समापज्जिsa·mā·paj·ji …

    gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ adāsi so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji …

    you gave medicinal supplies to, he attained the fourth absorption in solitude,” …

  1005. 1005

    समापज्जतिsa·mā·paj·ja·ti …

    samāpajjati …

    is attaining …

  1006. 1006

    समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no …

    samāpanno …

    has attained …

  1007. 1007

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re चतुत्थस्सca·tut·thas·sa झानस्सjhā·nas·sa लाभीlā·bhī …

    so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī …

    obtains …

  1008. 1008

    वसीva·sī …

    vasī …

    masters …

  1009. 1009

    तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सुञ्ञागारेsuñ·ñā·gā·re चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ झानंjhā·naṃ सच्छिकतन्तिsac·chi·ka·tan·ti सम्पजानमुसाsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स;thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṁ jhānaṁ sacchikatanti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa;

    he has realized the fourth absorption in solitude,” then, if the listener understands, he commits a serious offense when three conditions are fulfilled;

  1010. 1010

    नna पटिविजानन्तस्सpa·ṭi·vi·jā·nan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स—duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa—

    if the listener does not understand, he commits an offense of wrong conduct when three conditions are fulfilled … when seven conditions are fulfilled:

  1011. 1011

    पुब्बेवस्सpub·be·vas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti

    pubbevassa hoti musā bhaṇissanti,

    before he has lied, he knows he is going to lie;

  1012. 1012

    भणन्तस्सbha·ṇan·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā भणामीति,bha·ṇā·mī·ti

    bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti,

    while lying, he knows he is lying;

  1013. 1013

    भणितस्सbha·ṇi·tas·sa होतिho·ti मुसाmu·sā मयाma·yā भणितन्ति,bha·ṇi·tan·ti

    bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitanti,

    after he has lied, he knows he has lied;

  1014. 1014

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya दिट्ठिं,diṭ·ṭhiṃ

    vinidhāya diṭṭhiṁ,

    he misrepresents his view of what is true;

  1015. 1015

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya खन्तिं,khan·tiṃ

    vinidhāya khantiṁ,

    he misrepresents his belief of what is true;

  1016. 1016

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya रुचिं,ru·ciṃ

    vinidhāya ruciṁ,

    he misrepresents his acceptance of what is true;

  1017. 1017

    विनिधायvi·ni·dhā·ya भावं।bhā·vaṃ

    vinidhāya bhāvaṁ.

    he misrepresents his sentiment of what is true.

  1018. 1018

    पेय्यालपन्नरसकंpey·yā·la·pan·na·ra·sa·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Peyyālapannarasakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The successive fifteen are finished.

  1019. 1019

    पच्चयप्पटिसंयुत्तवारकथाpac·ca·yap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·yut·ta·vā·ra·ka·thā निट्ठिता।niṭ·ṭhi·tā

    Paccayappaṭisaṁyuttavārakathā niṭṭhitā.

    The exposition of the section on that connected with requisites is finished.

  1020. 1020

    उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मचक्कपेय्यालंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·ma·cak·ka·pey·yā·laṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Uttarimanussadhammacakkapeyyālaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The successive permutation series on superhuman qualities is finished.

  1021. 1021

    Non-offenses

  1022. 1022

    अनापत्ति—a·nā·pat·ti

    Anāpatti—

    There is no offense:

  1023. 1023

    अधिमानेन,a·dhi·mā·ne·na

    adhimānena,

    if he overestimates himself;

  1024. 1024

    अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायस्स,a·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yas·sa

    anullapanādhippāyassa,

    if he does not intend to make a claim;

  1025. 1025

    उम्मत्तकस्स,um·mat·ta·kas·sa

    ummattakassa,

    if he is insane;

  1026. 1026

    खित्तचित्तस्स,khit·ta·cit·tas·sa

    khittacittassa,

    if he is deranged;

  1027. 1027

    वेदनाट्टस्स,ve·da·nāṭ·ṭas·sa

    vedanāṭṭassa,

    if he is overwhelmed by pain;

  1028. 1028

    आदिकम्मिकस्साति।ā·di·kam·mi·kas·sā·ti

    ādikammikassāti.

    if he is the first offender.

  1029. 1029

    4।1। विनीतवत्थुउद्दानगाथाvi·nī·ta·vat·thu·ud·dā·na·gā·thā

    4.1. Vinītavatthuuddānagāthā

    Summary verses of case studies

  1030. 1030

    अधिमानेa·dhi·mā·ne अरञ्ञम्हि,a·rañ·ñam·hi

    Adhimāne araññamhi,

    “About overestimation, in the wilderness,

  1031. 1031

    पिण्डोपज्झारियापथो;piṇ·ḍo·paj·jhā·ri·yā·pa·tho

    piṇḍopajjhāriyāpatho;

    Almsfood, preceptor, behavior;

  1032. 1032

    संयोजनाsaṃ·yo·ja·nā रहोधम्मा,ra·ho·dham·mā

    Saṁyojanā rahodhammā,

    Fetters, qualities while in solitude,

  1033. 1033

    विहारोvi·hā·ro पच्चुपट्ठितो।pac·cu·paṭ·ṭhi·to

    vihāro paccupaṭṭhito.

    Dwelling, supported.

  1034. 1034

    नna दुक्करंduk·ka·raṃ विरियमथोपिvi·ri·ya·ma·tho·pi मच्चुनो,mac·cu·no

    Na dukkaraṁ viriyamathopi maccuno,

    Not difficult, and then energy, fear of death,

  1035. 1035

    भायावुसोbhā·yā·vu·so विप्पटिसारिvip·pa·ṭi·sā·ri सम्मा;sam·mā

    Bhāyāvuso vippaṭisāri sammā;

    Remorseful friend, rightly;

  1036. 1036

    विरियेनvi·ri·ye·na योगेनyo·ge·na आराधनाय,ā·rā·dha·nā·ya

    Viriyena yogena ārādhanāya,

    To be reached by energy, to be reached by exertion,

  1037. 1037

    अथa·tha वेदनायve·da·nā·ya अधिवासनाa·dhi·vā·sa·nā दुवे।du·ve

    Atha vedanāya adhivāsanā duve.

    Then two on the enduring of feeling.

  1038. 1038

    ब्राह्मणेbrāh·ma·ṇe पञ्चpañ·ca वत्थूनि,vat·thū·ni

    Brāhmaṇe pañca vatthūni,

    Five cases of a brahmin,

  1039. 1039

    अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ ब्याकरणाbyā·ka·ra·ṇā तयो;ta·yo

    aññaṁ byākaraṇā tayo;

    Three on declaring final knowledge;

  1040. 1040

    अगारावरणाa·gā·rā·va·ra·ṇā कामा,kā·mā

    Agārāvaraṇā kāmā,

    Home, rejected worldly pleasures,

  1041. 1041

    रतिra·ti चापिcā·pi अपक्कमि।a·pak·ka·mi

    rati cāpi apakkami.

    And delight, set out.

  1042. 1042

    अट्ठिaṭ·ṭhi पेसिpe·si उभोu·bho गावघातका,gā·va·ghā·ta·kā

    Aṭṭhi pesi ubho gāvaghātakā,

    Bone, and lump—both are cattle butchers;

  1043. 1043

    पिण्डोpiṇ·ḍo साकुणिकोsā·ku·ṇi·ko निच्छविnic·cha·vi ओरब्भि;o·rab·bhi

    Piṇḍo sākuṇiko nicchavi orabbhi;

    A morsel is a poultry butcher, a sheep butcher is flayed;

  1044. 1044

    असिa·si चca सूकरिकोsū·ka·ri·ko सत्तिsat·ti मागवि,mā·ga·vi

    Asi ca sūkariko satti māgavi,

    And a pig butcher and sword, a deer hunter and knife,

  1045. 1045

    उसुu·su चca कारणिकोkā·ra·ṇi·ko सूचिsū·ci सारथि।sā·ra·thi

    Usu ca kāraṇiko sūci sārathi.

    And a torturer and arrow, a horse trainer and needle.

  1046. 1046

    योyo चca सिब्बीयतिsib·bī·ya·ti सूचकोsū·ca·ko हिhi सो,so

    Yo ca sibbīyati sūcako hi so,

    And a slanderer is sewn,

  1047. 1047

    अण्डभारिaṇ·ḍa·bhā·ri अहुa·hu गामकूटको;gā·ma·kū·ṭa·ko

    Aṇḍabhāri ahu gāmakūṭako;

    A corrupt magistrate had testicles as burden;

  1048. 1048

    कूपेkū·pe निमुग्गोni·mug·go हिhi सोso पारदारिको,pā·ra·dā·ri·ko

    Kūpe nimuggo hi so pāradāriko,

    An adulterer submerged in a pit,

  1049. 1049

    गूथखादीgū·tha·khā·dī अहुa·hu दुट्ठब्राह्मणो।duṭ·ṭhab·rāh·ma·ṇo

    Gūthakhādī ahu duṭṭhabrāhmaṇo.

    An eater of feces was a wicked brahmin.

  1050. 1050

    निच्छवित्थीnic·cha·vit·thī अतिचारिनीa·ti·cā·ri·nī अहु,a·hu

    Nicchavitthī aticārinī ahu,

    A flayed woman was an adulteress,

  1051. 1051

    मङ्गुलित्थीmaṅ·gu·lit·thī अहुa·hu इक्खणित्थिका;ik·kha·ṇit·thi·kā

    Maṅgulitthī ahu ikkhaṇitthikā;

    An ugly woman was a fortune-teller;

  1052. 1052

    ओकिलिनीo·ki·li·nī हिhi सपत्तङ्गारोकिरि,sa·pat·taṅ·gā·ro·ki·ri

    Okilinī hi sapattaṅgārokiri,

    A sweating woman poured coals on a co-wife,

  1053. 1053

    सीसच्छिन्नोsī·sac·chin·no अहुa·hu चोरघातको।co·ra·ghā·ta·ko

    Sīsacchinno ahu coraghātako.

    A beheaded man was an executioner.

  1054. 1054

    भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सिक्खमाना,sik·kha·mā·nā

    Bhikkhu bhikkhunī sikkhamānā,

    A monk, a nun, a trainee nun,

  1055. 1055

    सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro अथa·tha सामणेरिका;sā·ma·ṇe·ri·kā

    Sāmaṇero atha sāmaṇerikā;

    A novice monk, then a novice nun—

  1056. 1056

    कस्सपस्सkas·sa·pas·sa विनयस्मिंvi·na·yas·miṃ पब्बजं,pab·ba·jaṃ

    Kassapassa vinayasmiṁ pabbajaṁ,

    These having gone forth in the training of Kassapa

  1057. 1057

    पापकम्ममकरिंसुpā·pa·kam·ma·ma·ka·riṃ·su तावदे।tā·va·de

    Pāpakammamakariṁsu tāvade.

    did bad deeds right there.

  1058. 1058

    तपोदाta·po·dā राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he युद्धं,yud·dhaṃ

    Tapodā rājagahe yuddhaṁ,

    The Tapodā, battle in Rājagaha,

  1059. 1059

    नागानोगाहनेनnā·gā·no·gā·ha·ne·na च;ca

    nāgānogāhanena ca;

    And with the plunging in of elephants;

  1060. 1060

    सोभितोso·bhi·to अरहंa·ra·haṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu

    Sobhito arahaṁ bhikkhu,

    The perfected monk Sobhita

  1061. 1061

    पञ्चकप्पसतंpañ·ca·kap·pa·sa·taṃ सरेति।sa·re·ti

    pañcakappasataṁ sareti.

    recalled five hundred eons.”

  1062. 1062

    4।2। विनीतवत्थुvi·nī·ta·vat·thu

    4.2. Vinītavatthu

    Case studies, part 1

  1063. 1063

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अधिमानेनa·dhi·mā·ne·na अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ ब्याकासि।byā·kā·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu adhimānena aññaṁ byākāsi.

    At one time a monk declared final knowledge because of overestimation.

  1064. 1064

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसि—a·ho·si

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi—

    He became anxious, thinking,

  1065. 1065

    “भगवताbha·ga·va·tā सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तं।pañ·ñat·taṃ

    “bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ.

    “The Buddha has laid down a training rule.

  1066. 1066

    कच्चिkac·ci नुnu खोkho अहंa·haṃ पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपन्नो”ति?ā·pan·no

    Kacci nu kho ahaṁ pārājikaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno”ti?

    Could it be that I’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion?”

  1067. 1067

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

    He told the Buddha.

  1068. 1068

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अधिमानेना”ति।a·dhi·mā·ne·nā

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, adhimānenā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for overestimates.”

  1069. 1069

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu पणिधायpa·ṇi·dhā·ya अरञ्ञेa·rañ·ñe विहरति—vi·ha·ra·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu paṇidhāya araññe viharati—

    At one time a monk lived in the wilderness

  1070. 1070

    “एवंe·vaṃ मंmaṃ जनोja·no सम्भावेस्सती”ति।sam·bhā·ves·sa·tī

    “evaṁ maṁ jano sambhāvessatī”ti.

    because he wanted people to esteem him.

  1071. 1071

    तंtaṃ जनोja·no सम्भावेसि।sam·bhā·ve·si

    Taṁ jano sambhāvesi.

    People esteemed him.

  1072. 1072

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1073. 1073

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion.

  1074. 1074

    नna च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पणिधायpa·ṇi·dhā·ya अरञ्ञेa·rañ·ñe वत्थब्बं।vat·thab·baṃ योyo वसेय्य,va·sey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    Na ca, bhikkhave, paṇidhāya araññe vatthabbaṁ. Yo vaseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    But, monks, you should not live in the wilderness because of a wish. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

  1075. 1075

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu पणिधायpa·ṇi·dhā·ya पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya चरति—ca·ra·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu paṇidhāya piṇḍāya carati—

    At one time a monk was walking for almsfood

  1076. 1076

    “एवंe·vaṃ मंmaṃ जनोja·no सम्भावेस्सती”ति।sam·bhā·ves·sa·tī

    “evaṁ maṁ jano sambhāvessatī”ti.

    because he wanted people to esteem him.

  1077. 1077

    तंtaṃ जनोja·no सम्भावेसि।sam·bhā·ve·si

    Taṁ jano sambhāvesi.

    People esteemed him.

  1078. 1078

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1079. 1079

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion.

  1080. 1080

    नna च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पणिधायpa·ṇi·dhā·ya पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya चरितब्बं।ca·ri·tab·baṃ योyo चरेय्य,ca·rey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    Na ca, bhikkhave, paṇidhāya piṇḍāya caritabbaṁ. Yo careyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    But, monks, you should not walk for almsfood because of a wish. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

  1081. 1081

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    At one time a monk said to another monk,

  1082. 1082

    “ये,ye आवुसो,ā·vu·so अम्हाकंam·hā·kaṃ उपज्झायस्सu·paj·jhā·yas·sa सद्धिविहारिकाsad·dhi·vi·hā·ri·kā सब्बेवsab·be·va अरहन्तो”ति।a·ra·han·to

    “ye, āvuso, amhākaṁ upajjhāyassa saddhivihārikā sabbeva arahanto”ti.

    “Those who are pupils of our preceptor are all perfected ones.”

  1083. 1083

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1084. 1084

    “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

    “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

    “What were you thinking, monk?”

  1085. 1085

    “उल्लपनाधिप्पायोul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yo अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

    “Ullapanādhippāyo ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

    “I wanted to make a claim, sir.”

  1086. 1086

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  1087. 1087

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  1088. 1088

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    At one time a monk said to another monk,

  1089. 1089

    “ये,ye आवुसो,ā·vu·so अम्हाकंam·hā·kaṃ उपज्झायस्सu·paj·jhā·yas·sa अन्तेवासिकाan·te·vā·si·kā सब्बेवsab·be·va महिद्धिकाma·hid·dhi·kā महानुभावा”ति।ma·hā·nu·bhā·vā

    “ye, āvuso, amhākaṁ upajjhāyassa antevāsikā sabbeva mahiddhikā mahānubhāvā”ti.

    “Those who are pupils of our preceptor all have great supernormal power.”

  1090. 1090

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1091. 1091

    “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

    “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

    “What were you thinking, monk?”

  1092. 1092

    “उल्लपनाधिप्पायोul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yo अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

    “Ullapanādhippāyo ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

    “I wanted to make a claim, sir.”

  1093. 1093

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  1094. 1094

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  1095. 1095

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu पणिधायpa·ṇi·dhā·ya चङ्कमतिcaṅ·ka·ma·ti …

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu paṇidhāya caṅkamati …

    At one time a monk did walking meditation because he wanted people to esteem him …

  1096. 1096

    पणिधायpa·ṇi·dhā·ya तिट्ठतिtiṭ·ṭha·ti …

    paṇidhāya tiṭṭhati …

    stood because he wanted people to esteem him …

  1097. 1097

    पणिधायpa·ṇi·dhā·ya निसीदतिni·sī·da·ti …

    paṇidhāya nisīdati …

    sat because he wanted people to esteem him …

  1098. 1098

    पणिधायpa·ṇi·dhā·ya सेय्यंsey·yaṃ कप्पेति—kap·pe·ti

    paṇidhāya seyyaṁ kappeti—

    lay down

  1099. 1099

    “एवंe·vaṃ मंmaṃ जनोja·no सम्भावेस्सती”ति।sam·bhā·ves·sa·tī

    “evaṁ maṁ jano sambhāvessatī”ti.

    because he wanted people to esteem him.

  1100. 1100

    तंtaṃ जनोja·no सम्भावेसि।sam·bhā·ve·si

    Taṁ jano sambhāvesi.

    People esteemed him.

  1101. 1101

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1102. 1102

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion.

  1103. 1103

    नna च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पणिधायpa·ṇi·dhā·ya सेय्याsey·yā कप्पेतब्बा।kap·pe·tab·bā

    Na ca, bhikkhave, paṇidhāya seyyā kappetabbā.

    But, monks, you should not lie down because of a wish.

  1104. 1104

    योyo कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    Yo kappeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

  1105. 1105

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ उल्लपति।ul·la·pa·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññatarassa bhikkhuno uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapati.

    At one time a monk claimed a superhuman quality to another monk, saying,

  1106. 1106

    सोपिso·pi एवमाह—“मय्हम्पि,e·va·mā·ha आवुसो,ā·vu·so संयोजनाsaṃ·yo·ja·nā पहीना”ति।pa·hī·nā

    Sopi evamāha—“mayhampi, āvuso, saṁyojanā pahīnā”ti.

    “I’ve abandoned the fetters.”

  1107. 1107

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1108. 1108

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  1109. 1109

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu रहोगतोra·ho·ga·to उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ उल्लपति।ul·la·pa·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rahogato uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapati.

    At one time a monk claimed a superhuman quality while in solitude.

  1110. 1110

    परचित्तविदूpa·ra·cit·ta·vi·dū भिक्खुbhik·khu तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ अपसादेसि—a·pa·sā·de·si

    Paracittavidū bhikkhu taṁ bhikkhuṁ apasādesi—

    A monk who could read minds rebuked him, saying,

  1111. 1111

    “मा,mā आवुसो,ā·vu·so एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ अभणि।a·bha·ṇi

    “mā, āvuso, evarūpaṁ abhaṇi.

    (Pāli only)

  1112. 1112

    नत्थेसोnat·the·so तुय्हन्”ति।tuy·han

    Nattheso tuyhan”ti.

    “No, you haven’t got it.”

  1113. 1113

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1114. 1114

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  1115. 1115

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.”

  1116. 1116

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu रहोगतोra·ho·ga·to उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ उल्लपति।ul·la·pa·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rahogato uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapati.

    At one time a monk claimed a superhuman quality while in solitude.

  1117. 1117

    देवताde·va·tā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ अपसादेसि—a·pa·sā·de·si

    Devatā taṁ bhikkhuṁ apasādesi—

    A god rebuked him, saying,

  1118. 1118

    “मा,mā भन्ते,bhan·te एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ अभणि।a·bha·ṇi

    “mā, bhante, evarūpaṁ abhaṇi.

    (Pāli only)

  1119. 1119

    नत्थेसोnat·the·so तुय्हन्”ति।tuy·han

    Nattheso tuyhan”ti.

    “No, sir, you haven’t got it.”

  1120. 1120

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1121. 1121

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  1122. 1122

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.”

  1123. 1123

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ उपासकंu·pā·sa·kaṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ upāsakaṁ etadavoca—

    At one time a monk said to a lay follower,

  1124. 1124

    “यो,yo आवुसो,ā·vu·so तुय्हंtuy·haṃ विहारेvi·hā·re वसतिva·sa·ti सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu अरहा”ति।a·ra·hā

    “yo, āvuso, tuyhaṁ vihāre vasati so bhikkhu arahā”ti.

    “The monk living in your dwelling is a perfected one.”

  1125. 1125

    सोso चca तस्सtas·sa विहारेvi·hā·re वसति।va·sa·ti

    So ca tassa vihāre vasati.

    He was the one who lived in that dwelling.

  1126. 1126

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1127. 1127

    “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

    “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

    “What were you thinking, monk?”

  1128. 1128

    “उल्लपनाधिप्पायोul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yo अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

    “Ullapanādhippāyo ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

    “I wanted to make a claim, sir.”

  1129. 1129

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  1130. 1130

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  1131. 1131

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ उपासकंu·pā·sa·kaṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ upāsakaṁ etadavoca—

    At one time a monk said to a lay follower,

  1132. 1132

    “यंyaṃ त्वं,tvaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so उपट्ठेसिu·paṭ·ṭhe·si चीवरपिण्डपातसेनासनगिलानप्पच्चयभेसज्जपरिक्खारेनcī·va·ra·piṇ·ḍa·pā·ta·se·nā·sa·na·gi·lā·nap·pac·ca·ya·bhe·saj·ja·pa·rik·khā·re·na सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu अरहा”ति।a·ra·hā

    “yaṁ tvaṁ, āvuso, upaṭṭhesi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena so bhikkhu arahā”ti.

    “The one you support with with robe-cloth, almsfood, a dwelling, and medicinal supplies, he’s a perfected one.”

  1133. 1133

    सोso चca तंtaṃ उपट्ठेतिu·paṭ·ṭhe·ti चीवरपिण्डपातसेनासनगिलानप्पच्चयभेसज्जपरिक्खारेन।cī·va·ra·piṇ·ḍa·pā·ta·se·nā·sa·na·gi·lā·nap·pac·ca·ya·bhe·saj·ja·pa·rik·khā·re·na

    So ca taṁ upaṭṭheti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena.

    He was the one who was supported in that way.

  1134. 1134

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1135. 1135

    “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

    “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

    “What were you thinking, monk?”

  1136. 1136

    “उल्लपनाधिप्पायोul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yo अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

    “Ullapanādhippāyo ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

    “I wanted to make a claim, sir.”

  1137. 1137

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  1138. 1138

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  1139. 1139

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    At one time a monk was ill.

  1140. 1140

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū etadavocuṁ—

    The monks said to him,

  1141. 1141

    “अत्थायस्मतोat·thā·yas·ma·to उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मो”ति?ut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·mo

    “atthāyasmato uttarimanussadhammo”ti?

    “Venerable, do you have any superhuman qualities?”

  1142. 1142

    “नावुसो,nā·vu·so दुक्करंduk·ka·raṃ अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ ब्याकातुन्”ति।byā·kā·tun

    “Nāvuso, dukkaraṁ aññaṁ byākātun”ti.

    “It’s not difficult to declare final knowledge.”

  1143. 1143

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसि—a·ho·si

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi—

    He became anxious, thinking,

  1144. 1144

    “येye खोkho तेte भगवतोbha·ga·va·to सावकाsā·va·kā तेte एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्युं।va·dey·yuṃ

    “ye kho te bhagavato sāvakā te evaṁ vadeyyuṁ.

    “Those who are true disciples of the Buddha may say that,

  1145. 1145

    अहञ्चम्हिa·hañ·cam·hi नna भगवतोbha·ga·va·to सावको।sā·va·ko

    Ahañcamhi na bhagavato sāvako.

    but I’m no such disciple.

  1146. 1146

    कच्चिkac·ci नुnu खोkho अहंa·haṃ पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपन्नो”ति?ā·pan·no

    Kacci nu kho ahaṁ pārājikaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno”ti?

    Could it be that I’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion?”

  1147. 1147

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

    He told the Buddha.

  1148. 1148

    “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

    “Kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

    “What were you thinking, monk?”

  1149. 1149

    “अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायोa·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yo अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

    “Anullapanādhippāyo ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

    “I didn’t intend to make a claim, sir.”

  1150. 1150

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।a·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, anullapanādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to make a claim.”

  1151. 1151

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    At one time a monk was ill.

  1152. 1152

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū etadavocuṁ—

    The monks said to him,

  1153. 1153

    “अत्थायस्मतोat·thā·yas·ma·to उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मो”ति?ut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·mo

    “atthāyasmato uttarimanussadhammo”ti?

    “Venerable, do you have any superhuman qualities?”

  1154. 1154

    “आराधनीयोā·rā·dha·nī·yo खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so धम्मोdham·mo आरद्धवीरियेना”ति।ā·rad·dha·vī·ri·ye·nā

    “Ārādhanīyo kho, āvuso, dhammo āraddhavīriyenā”ti.

    “Superhuman qualities are attained by those who are energetic.”

  1155. 1155

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1156. 1156

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।a·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, anullapanādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to make a claim.”

  1157. 1157

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    At one time a monk was ill.

  1158. 1158

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū etadavocuṁ—

    The monks said to him,

  1159. 1159

    “माmā खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so भायी”ति।bhā·yī

    “mā kho, āvuso, bhāyī”ti.

    “Don’t be afraid.”

  1160. 1160

    “नाहं,nā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so मच्चुनोmac·cu·no भायामी”ति।bhā·yā·mī

    “Nāhaṁ, āvuso, maccuno bhāyāmī”ti.

    “I’m not afraid of death.”

  1161. 1161

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1162. 1162

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।a·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, anullapanādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to make a claim.”

  1163. 1163

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    At one time a monk was ill.

  1164. 1164

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū etadavocuṁ—

    The monks said to him,

  1165. 1165

    “माmā खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so भायी”ति।bhā·yī

    “mā kho, āvuso, bhāyī”ti.

    “Don’t be afraid.”

  1166. 1166

    “योyo नूनावुसो,nū·nā·vu·so विप्पटिसारीvip·pa·ṭi·sā·rī अस्सas·sa सोso भायेय्या”ति।bhā·yey·yā

    “Yo nūnāvuso, vippaṭisārī assa so bhāyeyyā”ti.

    “One who’s remorseful might be afraid.”

  1167. 1167

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1168. 1168

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।a·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, anullapanādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to make a claim.”

  1169. 1169

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    At one time a monk was ill.

  1170. 1170

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū etadavocuṁ—

    The monks said to him,

  1171. 1171

    “अत्थायस्मतोat·thā·yas·ma·to उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मो”ति?ut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·mo

    “atthāyasmato uttarimanussadhammo”ti?

    “Venerable, do you have any superhuman qualities?”

  1172. 1172

    “आराधनीयोā·rā·dha·nī·yo खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so धम्मोdham·mo सम्मापयुत्तेना”ति।sam·mā·pa·yut·te·nā

    “Ārādhanīyo kho, āvuso, dhammo sammāpayuttenā”ti.

    “Superhuman qualities are attained by those who apply themselves rightly.”

  1173. 1173

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1174. 1174

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।a·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, anullapanādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to make a claim.”

  1175. 1175

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    At one time a monk was ill.

  1176. 1176

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū etadavocuṁ—

    The monks said to him,

  1177. 1177

    “अत्थायस्मतोat·thā·yas·ma·to उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मो”ति?ut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·mo

    “atthāyasmato uttarimanussadhammo”ti?

    “Venerable, do you have any superhuman qualities?”

  1178. 1178

    “आराधनीयोā·rā·dha·nī·yo खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so धम्मोdham·mo आरद्धवीरियेना”ति।ā·rad·dha·vī·ri·ye·nā

    “Ārādhanīyo kho, āvuso, dhammo āraddhavīriyenā”ti.

    “Superhuman qualities are attained by those who are energetic.”

  1179. 1179

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1180. 1180

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।a·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, anullapanādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to make a claim.”

  1181. 1181

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    At one time a monk was ill.

  1182. 1182

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū etadavocuṁ—

    The monks said to him,

  1183. 1183

    “अत्थायस्मतोat·thā·yas·ma·to उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मो”ति?ut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·mo

    “atthāyasmato uttarimanussadhammo”ti?

    “Venerable, do you have any superhuman qualities?”

  1184. 1184

    “आराधनीयोā·rā·dha·nī·yo खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so धम्मोdham·mo युत्तयोगेना”ति।yut·ta·yo·ge·nā

    “Ārādhanīyo kho, āvuso, dhammo yuttayogenā”ti.

    “Superhuman qualities are attained by those who exert themselves.”

  1185. 1185

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1186. 1186

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।a·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, anullapanādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to make a claim.”

  1187. 1187

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    At one time a monk was ill.

  1188. 1188

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū etadavocuṁ—

    The monks said to him,

  1189. 1189

    “कच्चावुसो,kac·cā·vu·so खमनीयं,kha·ma·nī·yaṃ कच्चिkac·ci यापनीयन्”ति?yā·pa·nī·yan

    “kaccāvuso, khamanīyaṁ, kacci yāpanīyan”ti?

    “We hope you’re bearing up? We hope you’re comfortable?”

  1190. 1190

    “नावुसो,nā·vu·so सक्काsak·kā येनye·na वाvā तेनte·na वाvā अधिवासेतुन्”ति।a·dhi·vā·se·tun

    “Nāvuso, sakkā yena vā tena vā adhivāsetun”ti.

    “It’s not possible for just anyone to endure this.”

  1191. 1191

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1192. 1192

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।a·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, anullapanādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to make a claim.”

  1193. 1193

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    At one time a monk was ill.

  1194. 1194

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū etadavocuṁ—

    The monks said to him,

  1195. 1195

    “कच्चावुसो,kac·cā·vu·so खमनीयं,kha·ma·nī·yaṃ कच्चिkac·ci यापनीयन्”ति?yā·pa·nī·yan

    “kaccāvuso, khamanīyaṁ, kacci yāpanīyan”ti?

    “We hope you’re bearing up? We hope you’re comfortable?”

  1196. 1196

    “नावुसो,nā·vu·so सक्काsak·kā पुथुज्जनेनpu·thuj·ja·ne·na अधिवासेतुन्”ति।a·dhi·vā·se·tun

    “Nāvuso, sakkā puthujjanena adhivāsetun”ti.

    “It’s not possible for an ordinary person to endure this.”

  1197. 1197

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1198. 1198

    “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

    “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

    “What were you thinking, monk?”

  1199. 1199

    “उल्लपनाधिप्पायोul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yo अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

    “Ullapanādhippāyo ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

    “I intended to make a claim, sir.”

  1200. 1200

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  1201. 1201

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  1202. 1202

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro ब्राह्मणोbrāh·ma·ṇo भिक्खूbhik·khū निमन्तेत्वाni·man·tet·vā एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū nimantetvā etadavoca—

    At one time a brahmin invited the monks, saying,

  1203. 1203

    “आयन्तुā·yan·tu भोन्तोbhon·to अरहन्तो”ति।a·ra·han·to

    “āyantu bhonto arahanto”ti.

    “Perfected sirs, please come.”

  1204. 1204

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसि—a·ho·si

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi—

    They became anxious, thinking,

  1205. 1205

    “मयञ्चम्हma·yañ·cam·ha नna अरहन्तो।a·ra·han·to

    “mayañcamha na arahanto.

    “We’re not perfected ones,

  1206. 1206

    अयञ्चa·yañ·ca ब्राह्मणोbrāh·ma·ṇo अम्हेam·he अरहन्तवादेनa·ra·han·ta·vā·de·na समुदाचरति।sa·mu·dā·ca·ra·ti

    Ayañca brāhmaṇo amhe arahantavādena samudācarati.

    and yet this brahmin speaks to us as if we are.

  1207. 1207

    कथंka·thaṃ नुnu खोkho अम्हेहिam·he·hi पटिपज्जितब्बन्”ति?pa·ṭi·paj·ji·tab·ban

    Kathaṁ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban”ti?

    What should we do?”

  1208. 1208

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    They told the Buddha.

  1209. 1209

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पसादभञ्ञे”ति।pa·sā·da·bhañ·ñe

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhave, pasādabhaññe”ti.

    “There’s no offense when something is spoken in faith.”

  1210. 1210

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro ब्राह्मणोbrāh·ma·ṇo भिक्खूbhik·khū निमन्तेत्वाni·man·tet·vā एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū nimantetvā etadavoca—

    At one time a brahmin invited the monks, saying,

  1211. 1211

    “निसीदन्तुni·sī·dan·tu भोन्तोbhon·to अरहन्तो”तिa·ra·han·to …

    “nisīdantu bhonto arahanto”ti …

    “Perfected sirs, please be seated.” …

  1212. 1212

    “भुञ्जन्तुbhuñ·jan·tu भोन्तोbhon·to अरहन्तो”तिa·ra·han·to …

    “bhuñjantu bhonto arahanto”ti …

    “Perfected sirs, please eat.” …

  1213. 1213

    “तप्पेन्तुtap·pen·tu भोन्तोbhon·to अरहन्तो”तिa·ra·han·to …

    “tappentu bhonto arahanto”ti …

    “Perfected sirs, please be satisfied.” …

  1214. 1214

    “गच्छन्तु,gac·chan·tu भोन्तोbhon·to अरहन्तो”ति।a·ra·han·to

    “gacchantu, bhonto arahanto”ti.

    “Perfected sirs, please go.”

  1215. 1215

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसि—a·ho·si

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi—

    They became anxious, thinking,

  1216. 1216

    “मयञ्चम्हma·yañ·cam·ha नna अरहन्तो।a·ra·han·to

    “mayañcamha na arahanto.

    “We’re not perfected ones,

  1217. 1217

    अयञ्चa·yañ·ca ब्राह्मणोbrāh·ma·ṇo अम्हेam·he अरहन्तवादेनa·ra·han·ta·vā·de·na समुदाचरति।sa·mu·dā·ca·ra·ti

    Ayañca brāhmaṇo amhe arahantavādena samudācarati.

    and yet this brahmin speaks to us as if we are.

  1218. 1218

    कथंka·thaṃ नुnu खोkho अम्हेहिam·he·hi पटिपज्जितब्बन्”ति?pa·ṭi·paj·ji·tab·ban

    Kathaṁ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban”ti?

    What should we do?”

  1219. 1219

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    They told the Buddha.

  1220. 1220

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पसादभञ्ञे”ति।pa·sā·da·bhañ·ñe

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhave, pasādabhaññe”ti.

    “There’s no offense when something is spoken in faith.”

  1221. 1221

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ उल्लपति।ul·la·pa·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññatarassa bhikkhuno uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapati.

    At one time a monk claimed a superhuman quality to another monk, saying,

  1222. 1222

    सोपिso·pi एवमाह—“मय्हम्पि,e·va·mā·ha आवुसो,ā·vu·so आसवाā·sa·vā पहीना”ति।pa·hī·nā

    Sopi evamāha—“mayhampi, āvuso, āsavā pahīnā”ti.

    “I’ve abandoned the corruptions.”

  1223. 1223

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1224. 1224

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  1225. 1225

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ उल्लपति।ul·la·pa·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññatarassa bhikkhuno uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapati.

    At one time a monk claimed a superhuman quality to another monk, saying,

  1226. 1226

    सोपिso·pi एवमाह—“मय्हम्पि,e·va·mā·ha आवुसो,ā·vu·so एतेe·te धम्माdham·mā संविज्जन्ती”ति।saṃ·vij·jan·tī

    Sopi evamāha—“mayhampi, āvuso, ete dhammā saṁvijjantī”ti.

    “I have these qualities.”

  1227. 1227

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1228. 1228

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  1229. 1229

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ उल्लपति।ul·la·pa·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññatarassa bhikkhuno uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapati.

    At one time a monk claimed a superhuman quality to another monk, saying,

  1230. 1230

    सोपिso·pi एवमाह—“अहम्पावुसो,e·va·mā·ha तेसुte·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su सन्दिस्सामी”ति।san·dis·sā·mī

    Sopi evamāha—“ahampāvuso, tesu dhammesu sandissāmī”ti.

    “I conform to these qualities.”

  1231. 1231

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1232. 1232

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  1233. 1233

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ ञातकाñā·ta·kā एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ ñātakā etadavocuṁ—

    At one time the relatives of a certain monk said to him,

  1234. 1234

    “एहि,e·hi भन्ते,bhan·te अगारंa·gā·raṃ अज्झावसा”ति।aj·jhā·va·sā

    “ehi, bhante, agāraṁ ajjhāvasā”ti.

    “Come, sir, live at home.”

  1235. 1235

    “अभब्बोa·bhab·bo खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so मादिसोmā·di·so अगारंa·gā·raṃ अज्झावसितुन्”ति।aj·jhā·va·si·tun

    “Abhabbo kho, āvuso, mādiso agāraṁ ajjhāvasitun”ti.

    “One like me is incapable of living at home.”

  1236. 1236

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1237. 1237

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।a·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, anullapanādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to make a claim.”

  1238. 1238

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ ञातकाñā·ta·kā एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ ñātakā etadavocuṁ—

    At one time the relatives of a certain monk said to him,

  1239. 1239

    “एहि,e·hi भन्ते,bhan·te कामेkā·me परिभुञ्जा”ति।pa·ri·bhuñ·jā

    “ehi, bhante, kāme paribhuñjā”ti.

    “Come, sir, enjoy worldly pleasures.”

  1240. 1240

    “आवटाā·va·ṭā मे,me आवुसो,ā·vu·so कामा”ति।kā·mā

    “Āvaṭā me, āvuso, kāmā”ti.

    “The pleasures of the world have been rejected by me.”

  1241. 1241

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1242. 1242

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।a·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, anullapanādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to make a claim.”

  1243. 1243

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ ञातकाñā·ta·kā एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ ñātakā etadavocuṁ—

    At one time the relatives of a certain monk said to him,

  1244. 1244

    “अभिरमसि,a·bhi·ra·ma·si भन्ते”ति?bhan·te

    “abhiramasi, bhante”ti?

    “Come, sir, enjoy yourself.”

  1245. 1245

    “अभिरतोa·bhi·ra·to अहं,a·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so परमायpa·ra·mā·ya अभिरतिया”ति।a·bhi·ra·ti·yā

    “Abhirato ahaṁ, āvuso, paramāya abhiratiyā”ti.

    “I’m enjoying myself with the highest enjoyment.”

  1246. 1246

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसि।a·ho·si

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi.

    He became anxious,

  1247. 1247

    “येye खोkho तेte भगवतोbha·ga·va·to सावकाsā·va·kā तेte एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्युं।va·dey·yuṃ

    “Ye kho te bhagavato sāvakā te evaṁ vadeyyuṁ.

    thinking, “Those who are true disciples of the Buddha may say that,

  1248. 1248

    अहञ्चम्हिa·hañ·cam·hi नna भगवतोbha·ga·va·to सावको।sā·va·ko

    Ahañcamhi na bhagavato sāvako.

    but I’m no such disciple.

  1249. 1249

    कच्चिkac·ci नुnu खोkho अहंa·haṃ पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपन्नो”ति?ā·pan·no

    Kacci nu kho ahaṁ pārājikaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno”ti?

    Could it be that I’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion?”

  1250. 1250

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

    He told the Buddha.

  1251. 1251

    “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

    “Kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

    “What were you thinking, monk?”

  1252. 1252

    “अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायोa·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yo अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

    “Anullapanādhippāyo ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

    “I didn’t intend to make a claim, sir.”

  1253. 1253

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अनुल्लपनाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।a·nul·la·pa·nā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, anullapanādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to make a claim.”

  1254. 1254

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खूbhik·khū कतिकंka·ti·kaṃ कत्वाkat·vā अञ्ञतरस्मिंañ·ña·ta·ras·miṃ आवासेā·vā·se वस्संvas·saṃ उपगच्छिंसु—u·pa·gac·chiṃ·su

    Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū katikaṁ katvā aññatarasmiṁ āvāse vassaṁ upagacchiṁsu—

    At one time a number of monks entered the rainy-season residence in a certain monastery, making this agreement:

  1255. 1255

    “योyo इमम्हाi·mam·hā आवासाā·vā·sā पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ पक्कमिस्सतिpak·ka·mis·sa·ti तंtaṃ मयंma·yaṃ अरहातिa·ra·hā·ti जानिस्सामा”ति।jā·nis·sā·mā

    “yo imamhā āvāsā paṭhamaṁ pakkamissati taṁ mayaṁ arahāti jānissāmā”ti.

    “Whoever sets out from this monastery first, we’ll know him as a perfected one.”

  1256. 1256

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खु—bhik·khu

    Aññataro bhikkhu—

    One of them thought,

  1257. 1257

    “मंmaṃ अरहातिa·ra·hā·ti जानन्तू”ति,jā·nan·tū

    “maṁ arahāti jānantū”ti,

    “Let them think I’m a perfected one,”

  1258. 1258

    तम्हाtam·hā आवासाā·vā·sā पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ पक्कामि।pak·kā·mi

    tamhā āvāsā paṭhamaṁ pakkāmi.

    and he set out first from that monastery.

  1259. 1259

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  1260. 1260

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  1261. 1261

    Case studies, part 2

  1262. 1262

    तेनte·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na बुद्धोbud·dho भगवाbha·ga·vā राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti वेळुवनेve·ḷu·va·ne कलन्दकनिवापे।ka·lan·da·ka·ni·vā·pe

    Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.

    At one time when the Buddha was staying at Rājagaha in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrel sanctuary,

  1263. 1263

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आयस्माā·yas·mā चca लक्खणोlak·kha·ṇo आयस्माā·yas·mā चca महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no गिज्झकूटेgij·jha·kū·ṭe पब्बतेpab·ba·te विहरन्ति।vi·ha·ran·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭe pabbate viharanti.

    Venerable Lakkhaṇa and Venerable Mahāmoggallāna were staying on the Vulture Peak.

  1264. 1264

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no पुब्बण्हसमयंpub·baṇ·ha·sa·ma·yaṃ निवासेत्वाni·vā·set·vā पत्तचीवरंpat·ta·cī·va·raṃ आदायā·dā·ya येनायस्माye·nā·yas·mā लक्खणोlak·kha·ṇo तेनुपसङ्कमि;te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·mi उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ लक्खणंlak·kha·ṇaṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṁ ādāya yenāyasmā lakkhaṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ etadavoca—

    One morning Mahāmoggallāna robed up, took his bowl and robe, went to Lakkhaṇa, and said,

  1265. 1265

    “आयामावुसोā·yā·mā·vu·so लक्खण,lak·kha·ṇa राजगहंrā·ja·ga·haṃ पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya पविसिस्सामा”ति।pa·vi·sis·sā·mā

    “āyāmāvuso lakkhaṇa, rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā”ti.

    “Lakkhaṇa, let’s enter Rājagaha for almsfood.”

  1266. 1266

    “एवमावुसो”तिe·va·mā·vu·so खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā लक्खणोlak·kha·ṇo आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to महामोग्गल्लानस्सma·hā·mog·gal·lā·nas·sa पच्चस्सोसि।pac·cas·so·si

    “Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosi.

    “Yes.”

  1267. 1267

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अञ्ञतरस्मिंañ·ña·ta·ras·miṃ पदेसेpa·de·se सितंsi·taṃ पात्वाकासि।pāt·vā·kā·si

    Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṁ padese sitaṁ pātvākāsi.

    As they descended from the Vulture Peak, Mahāmoggallāna smiled at a certain place.

  1268. 1268

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā लक्खणोlak·kha·ṇo आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ महामोग्गल्लानंma·hā·mog·gal·lā·naṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Atha kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca—

    Lakkhaṇa asked him why, and Māhamoggallāna replied,

  1269. 1269

    “कोko नुnu खो,kho आवुसोā·vu·so मोग्गल्लान,mog·gal·lā·na हेतुhe·tu कोko पच्चयोpac·ca·yo सितस्सsi·tas·sa पातुकम्माया”ति?pā·tu·kam·mā·yā

    “ko nu kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā”ti?

    (Pāli only)

  1270. 1270

    “अकालोa·kā·lo खो,kho आवुसोā·vu·so लक्खण,lak·kha·ṇa एतस्सe·tas·sa पञ्हस्स।pañ·has·sa

    “Akālo kho, āvuso lakkhaṇa, etassa pañhassa.

    “This isn’t the right time to ask.

  1271. 1271

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to मंmaṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke एतंe·taṃ पञ्हंpañ·haṃ पुच्छा”ति।puc·chā

    Bhagavato maṁ santike etaṁ pañhaṁ pucchā”ti.

    Please ask me in the presence of the Buddha.”

  1272. 1272

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā चca लक्खणोlak·kha·ṇo आयस्माā·yas·mā चca महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya चरित्वाca·rit·vā पच्छाभत्तंpac·chā·bhat·taṃ पिण्डपातपटिक्कन्ताpiṇ·ḍa·pā·ta·pa·ṭik·kan·tā येनye·na भगवाbha·ga·vā तेनुपसङ्कमिंसु;te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·miṃ·su

    Atha kho āyasmā ca lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu;

    Then, when they had eaten their meal and returned from almsround, Lakkhaṇa and Mahāmoggallāna went to the Buddha,

  1273. 1273

    उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ अभिवादेत्वाa·bhi·vā·det·vā एकमन्तंe·ka·man·taṃ निसीदिंसु।ni·sī·diṃ·su

    upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.

    bowed, and sat down.

  1274. 1274

    एकमन्तंe·ka·man·taṃ निसिन्नोni·sin·no खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā लक्खणोlak·kha·ṇo आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ महामोग्गल्लानंma·hā·mog·gal·lā·naṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca—

    And Lakkhaṇa said to Mahāmoggallāna,

  1275. 1275

    “इधायस्माi·dhā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अञ्ञतरस्मिंañ·ña·ta·ras·miṃ पदेसेpa·de·se सितंsi·taṃ पात्वाकासि।pāt·vā·kā·si

    “idhāyasmā mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṁ padese sitaṁ pātvākāsi.

    “Earlier on, as we were descending from the Vulture Peak, you smiled at a certain place.

  1276. 1276

    कोko नुnu खो,kho आवुसोā·vu·so मोग्गल्लान,mog·gal·lā·na हेतुhe·tu कोko पच्चयोpac·ca·yo सितस्सsi·tas·sa पातुकम्माया”ति?pā·tu·kam·mā·yā

    Ko nu kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā”ti?

    Why was that?”

  1277. 1277

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ अट्ठिकसङ्खलिकंaṭ·ṭhi·ka·saṅ·kha·li·kaṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तिं।gac·chan·tiṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantiṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a skeleton flying through the air.

  1278. 1278

    तमेनंta·me·naṃ गिज्झापिgij·jhā·pi काकापिkā·kā·pi कुललापिku·la·lā·pi अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā फासुळन्तरिकाहिphā·su·ḷan·ta·ri·kā·hi वितुडेन्ति।vi·tu·ḍen·ti

    Tamenaṁ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā phāsuḷantarikāhi vituḍenti.

    Vultures, crows, and hawks were pursuing it, striking it between the ribs,

  1279. 1279

    साsā सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोति।ka·ro·ti

    Sā sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti.

    while it uttered cries of distress.

  1280. 1280

    तस्सtas·sa मय्हं,may·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so एतदहोसि—e·ta·da·ho·si

    Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi—

    And I thought

  1281. 1281

    ‘अच्छरियंac·cha·ri·yaṃ वतva·ta भो,bho अब्भुतंab·bhu·taṃ वतva·ta भो,bho एवरूपोपिe·va·rū·po·pi नामnā·ma सत्तोsat·to भविस्सति।bha·vis·sa·ti

    ‘acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho, evarūpopi nāma satto bhavissati.

    how amazing and astonishing it is that such a being should exist,

  1282. 1282

    एवरूपोपिe·va·rū·po·pi नामnā·ma यक्खोyak·kho भविस्सति।bha·vis·sa·ti

    Evarūpopi nāma yakkho bhavissati.

    such a spirit,

  1283. 1283

    एवरूपोपिe·va·rū·po·pi नामnā·ma अत्तभावप्पटिलाभोat·ta·bhā·vap·pa·ṭi·lā·bho भविस्सती’”ति।bha·vis·sa·tī

    Evarūpopi nāma attabhāvappaṭilābho bhavissatī’”ti.

    such a state of existence.”

  1284. 1284

    भिक्खूbhik·khū उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

    Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

    But the monks complained and criticized him,

  1285. 1285

    “उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no उल्लपती”ति।ul·la·pa·tī

    “uttarimanussadhammaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno ullapatī”ti.

    “He’s claiming a superhuman ability!”

  1286. 1286

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—

    The Buddha then said to them:

  1287. 1287

    “चक्खुभूताcak·khu·bhū·tā वत,va·ta भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सावकाsā·va·kā विहरन्ति।vi·ha·ran·ti

    “cakkhubhūtā vata, bhikkhave, sāvakā viharanti.

    “There are disciples who have vision

  1288. 1288

    ञाणभूताñā·ṇa·bhū·tā वत,va·ta भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सावकाsā·va·kā विहरन्ति।vi·ha·ran·ti

    Ñāṇabhūtā vata, bhikkhave, sāvakā viharanti.

    and knowledge,

  1289. 1289

    यत्रyat·ra हिhi नामnā·ma सावकोsā·va·ko एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ ञस्सतिñas·sa·ti वाvā दक्खतिdak·kha·ti वाvā सक्खिंsak·khiṃ वाvā करिस्सति।ka·ris·sa·ti

    Yatra hi nāma sāvako evarūpaṁ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sakkhiṁ vā karissati.

    who can know, see, and witness such things.

  1290. 1290

    पुब्बेवpub·be·va मेme सो,so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to दिट्ठोdiṭ·ṭho अहोसि।a·ho·si

    Pubbeva me so, bhikkhave, satto diṭṭho ahosi.

    I too, monks, have seen that being,

  1291. 1291

    अपिa·pi चाहंcā·haṃ नna ब्याकासिं।byā·kā·siṃ

    Api cāhaṁ na byākāsiṁ.

    but I didn’t speak about it.

  1292. 1292

    अहञ्चेतंa·hañ·ce·taṃ ब्याकरेय्यंbyā·ka·rey·yaṃ परेpa·re चca मेme नna सद्दहेय्युं।sad·da·hey·yuṃ

    Ahañcetaṁ byākareyyaṁ pare ca me na saddaheyyuṁ.

    If I had, others wouldn’t have believed me,

  1293. 1293

    येye मेme नna सद्दहेय्युंsad·da·hey·yuṃ तेसंte·saṃ तंtaṃ अस्सas·sa दीघरत्तंdī·gha·rat·taṃ अहितायa·hi·tā·ya दुक्खाय।duk·khā·ya

    Ye me na saddaheyyuṁ tesaṁ taṁ assa dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya.

    which would have led to their harm and suffering for a long time.

  1294. 1294

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he गोघातकोgo·ghā·ta·ko अहोसि।a·ho·si

    Eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe goghātako ahosi.

    That being was a cattle butcher right here in Rājagaha.

  1295. 1295

    सोso तस्सtas·sa कम्मस्सkam·mas·sa विपाकेनvi·pā·ke·na बहूनिba·hū·ni वस्सानिvas·sā·ni बहूनिba·hū·ni वस्ससतानिvas·sa·sa·tā·ni बहूनिba·hū·ni वस्ससहस्सानिvas·sa·sa·has·sā·ni बहूनिba·hū·ni वस्ससतसहस्सानिvas·sa·sa·ta·sa·has·sā·ni निरयेni·ra·ye पच्चित्वाpac·cit·vā तस्सेवtas·se·va कम्मस्सkam·mas·sa विपाकावसेसेनvi·pā·kā·va·se·se·na एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ अत्तभावप्पटिलाभंat·ta·bhā·vap·pa·ṭi·lā·bhaṃ पटिसंवेदेति।pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·de·ti

    So tassa kammassa vipākena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni niraye paccitvā tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesena evarūpaṁ attabhāvappaṭilābhaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti.

    As a result of his deeds, he was tormented in hell for many hundreds of thousands of years. And now, because of the remaining result of his actions, he’s experiencing such an existence.

  1296. 1296

    सच्चं,sac·caṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मोग्गल्लानोmog·gal·lā·no आह।ā·ha

    Saccaṁ, bhikkhave, moggallāno āha.

    Moggallāna spoke truthfully.

  1297. 1297

    अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मोग्गल्लानस्सा”ति।mog·gal·lā·nas·sā

    Anāpatti, bhikkhave, moggallānassā”ti.

    There’s no offense for Moggallāna.”

  1298. 1298

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ मंसपेसिंmaṃ·sa·pe·siṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तिं।gac·chan·tiṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ maṁsapesiṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantiṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a lump of flesh flying through the air.

  1299. 1299

    तमेनंta·me·naṃ गिज्झापिgij·jhā·pi काकापिkā·kā·pi कुललापिku·la·lā·pi अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā वितच्छेन्तिvi·tac·chen·ti विभज्जेन्ति।vi·bhaj·jen·ti

    Tamenaṁ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajjenti.

    Vultures, crows, and hawks were pursuing it, tearing at it and pulling it to pieces,

  1300. 1300

    साsā सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    Sā sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    while it uttered cries of distress. …” …

  1301. 1301

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he गोघातकोgo·ghā·ta·ko अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe goghātako ahosi …pe….

    “… That being, monks, was a cattle butcher right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1302. 1302

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ मंसपिण्डंmaṃ·sa·piṇ·ḍaṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तं।gac·chan·taṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ maṁsapiṇḍaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a morsel of flesh flying through the air.

  1303. 1303

    तमेनंta·me·naṃ गिज्झापिgij·jhā·pi काकापिkā·kā·pi कुललापिku·la·lā·pi अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā वितच्छेन्तिvi·tac·chen·ti विभज्जेन्ति।vi·bhaj·jen·ti

    Tamenaṁ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajjenti.

    Vultures, crows, and hawks were pursuing it, tearing at it and pulling it to pieces,

  1304. 1304

    सोso सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    So sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    while it uttered cries of distress. …” …

  1305. 1305

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he साकुणिकोsā·ku·ṇi·ko अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe sākuṇiko ahosi …pe….

    “… That being, monks, was a poultry butcher right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1306. 1306

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ निच्छविंnic·cha·viṃ पुरिसंpu·ri·saṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तं।gac·chan·taṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ nicchaviṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a flayed man flying through the air.

  1307. 1307

    तमेनंta·me·naṃ गिज्झापिgij·jhā·pi काकापिkā·kā·pi कुललापिku·la·lā·pi अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā वितच्छेन्तिvi·tac·chen·ti विभज्जेन्ति।vi·bhaj·jen·ti

    Tamenaṁ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajjenti.

    Vultures, crows, and hawks were pursuing him, tearing at him and pulling him to pieces,

  1308. 1308

    सोso सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    So sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    while he uttered cries of distress. …” …

  1309. 1309

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he ओरब्भिकोo·rab·bhi·ko अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe orabbhiko ahosi …pe….

    “… That being, monks, was a sheep butcher right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1310. 1310

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ असिलोमंa·si·lo·maṃ पुरिसंpu·ri·saṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तं।gac·chan·taṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ asilomaṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a man with swords for body hairs flying through the air.

  1311. 1311

    तस्सtas·sa तेte असीa·sī उप्पतित्वाup·pa·tit·vā उप्पतित्वाup·pa·tit·vā तस्सेवtas·se·va कायेkā·ye निपतन्ति।ni·pa·tan·ti

    Tassa te asī uppatitvā uppatitvā tasseva kāye nipatanti.

    Again and again he was stabbed by those swords,

  1312. 1312

    सोso सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    So sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    while uttering cries of distress. …” …

  1313. 1313

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he सूकरिकोsū·ka·ri·ko अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe sūkariko ahosi …pe….

    “… That being, monks, was a pig butcher right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1314. 1314

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ सत्तिलोमंsat·ti·lo·maṃ पुरिसंpu·ri·saṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तं।gac·chan·taṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ sattilomaṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a man with knives for body hairs flying through the air.

  1315. 1315

    तस्सtas·sa ताtā सत्तियोsat·ti·yo उप्पतित्वाup·pa·tit·vā उप्पतित्वाup·pa·tit·vā तस्सेवtas·se·va कायेkā·ye निपतन्ति।ni·pa·tan·ti

    Tassa tā sattiyo uppatitvā uppatitvā tasseva kāye nipatanti.

    Again and again he was stabbed by those knives,

  1316. 1316

    सोso सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    So sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    while uttering cries of distress. …” …

  1317. 1317

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he मागविकोmā·ga·vi·ko अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe māgaviko ahosi …pe….

    “… That being, monks, was a deer hunter right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1318. 1318

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ उसुलोमंu·su·lo·maṃ पुरिसंpu·ri·saṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तं।gac·chan·taṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ usulomaṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a man with arrows for body hairs flying through the air.

  1319. 1319

    तस्सtas·sa तेte उसूu·sū उप्पतित्वाup·pa·tit·vā उप्पतित्वाup·pa·tit·vā तस्सेवtas·se·va कायेkā·ye निपतन्ति।ni·pa·tan·ti

    Tassa te usū uppatitvā uppatitvā tasseva kāye nipatanti.

    Again and again he was pierced by those arrows,

  1320. 1320

    सोso सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    So sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    while uttering cries of distress. …” …

  1321. 1321

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he कारणिकोkā·ra·ṇi·ko अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe kāraṇiko ahosi …pe….

    “… That being, monks, was a torturer right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1322. 1322

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ सूचिलोमंsū·ci·lo·maṃ पुरिसंpu·ri·saṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तं।gac·chan·taṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ sūcilomaṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a man with needles for body hairs flying through the air.

  1323. 1323

    तस्सtas·sa ताtā सूचियोsū·ci·yo उप्पतित्वाup·pa·tit·vā उप्पतित्वाup·pa·tit·vā तस्सेवtas·se·va कायेkā·ye निपतन्ति।ni·pa·tan·ti

    Tassa tā sūciyo uppatitvā uppatitvā tasseva kāye nipatanti.

    Again and again he was pierced by those needles,

  1324. 1324

    सोso सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    So sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    while uttering cries of distress. …” …

  1325. 1325

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he सारथिकोsā·ra·thi·ko अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe sārathiko ahosi …pe….

    “… That being, monks, was a horse trainer right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1326. 1326

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ सूचिलोमंsū·ci·lo·maṃ पुरिसंpu·ri·saṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तं।gac·chan·taṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ sūcilomaṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a man with needles for body hairs flying through the air.

  1327. 1327

    तस्सtas·sa ताtā सूचियोsū·ci·yo सीसेsī·se पविसित्वाpa·vi·sit·vā मुखतोmu·kha·to निक्खमन्ति;nik·kha·man·ti

    Tassa tā sūciyo sīse pavisitvā mukhato nikkhamanti;

    Those needles entered his head and came out through his mouth,

  1328. 1328

    मुखेmu·khe पविसित्वाpa·vi·sit·vā उरतोu·ra·to निक्खमन्ति;nik·kha·man·ti

    mukhe pavisitvā urato nikkhamanti;

    entered his mouth and came out through his breast,

  1329. 1329

    उरेu·re पविसित्वाpa·vi·sit·vā उदरतोu·da·ra·to निक्खमन्ति;nik·kha·man·ti

    ure pavisitvā udarato nikkhamanti;

    entered his breast and came out through his stomach,

  1330. 1330

    उदरेu·da·re पविसित्वाpa·vi·sit·vā ऊरूहिū·rū·hi निक्खमन्ति;nik·kha·man·ti

    udare pavisitvā ūrūhi nikkhamanti;

    entered his stomach and came out through his thighs,

  1331. 1331

    ऊरूसुū·rū·su पविसित्वाpa·vi·sit·vā जङ्घाहिjaṅ·ghā·hi निक्खमन्ति;nik·kha·man·ti

    ūrūsu pavisitvā jaṅghāhi nikkhamanti;

    entered his thighs and came out through his calves,

  1332. 1332

    जङ्घासुjaṅ·ghā·su पविसित्वाpa·vi·sit·vā पादेहिpā·de·hi निक्खमन्ति।nik·kha·man·ti

    jaṅghāsu pavisitvā pādehi nikkhamanti.

    entered his calves and came out through his feet,

  1333. 1333

    सोso सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    So sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    as he uttered cries of distress. …” …

  1334. 1334

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he सूचकोsū·ca·ko अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe sūcako ahosi …pe….

    “… That being, monks, was a slanderer right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1335. 1335

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ कुम्भण्डंkum·bhaṇ·ḍaṃ पुरिसंpu·ri·saṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तं।gac·chan·taṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ kumbhaṇḍaṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a man flying through the air with testicles like pots.

  1336. 1336

    सोso गच्छन्तोपिgac·chan·to·pi तेवte·va अण्डेaṇ·ḍe खन्धेkhan·dhe आरोपेत्वाā·ro·pet·vā गच्छति,gac·cha·ti

    So gacchantopi teva aṇḍe khandhe āropetvā gacchati,

    When he moved, he lifted his testicles onto his shoulders;

  1337. 1337

    निसीदन्तोपिni·sī·dan·to·pi तेस्वेवtes·ve·va अण्डेसुaṇ·ḍe·su निसीदति।ni·sī·da·ti

    nisīdantopi tesveva aṇḍesu nisīdati.

    when he sat down, he sat on top of his testicles.

  1338. 1338

    तमेनंta·me·naṃ गिज्झापिgij·jhā·pi काकापिkā·kā·pi कुललापिku·la·lā·pi अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā वितच्छेन्तिvi·tac·chen·ti विभज्जेन्ति।vi·bhaj·jen·ti

    Tamenaṁ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajjenti.

    Vultures, crows, and hawks were pursuing him, tearing at him and pulling him to pieces,

  1339. 1339

    सोso सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    So sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    while he uttered cries of distress. …” …

  1340. 1340

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he गामकूटोgā·ma·kū·ṭo अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe gāmakūṭo ahosi …pe….

    “… That being, monks, was a corrupt magistrate right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1341. 1341

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ पुरिसंpu·ri·saṃ गूथकूपेgū·tha·kū·pe ससीसकंsa·sī·sa·kaṃ निमुग्गंni·mug·gaṃ …पे…pe

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ purisaṁ gūthakūpe sasīsakaṁ nimuggaṁ …pe…

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a man submerged in a cesspit …” …

  1342. 1342

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he पारदारिकोpā·ra·dā·ri·ko अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe pāradāriko ahosi …pe….

    “… That being, monks, was an adulterer right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1343. 1343

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ पुरिसंpu·ri·saṃ गूथकूपेgū·tha·kū·pe ससीसकंsa·sī·sa·kaṃ निमुग्गंni·mug·gaṃ उभोहिu·bho·hi हत्थेहिhat·the·hi गूथंgū·thaṃ खादन्तंkhā·dan·taṃ …पे…pe

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ purisaṁ gūthakūpe sasīsakaṁ nimuggaṁ ubhohi hatthehi gūthaṁ khādantaṁ …pe…

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a man submerged in a cesspit, eating feces with both hands …” …

  1344. 1344

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he दुट्ठब्राह्मणोduṭ·ṭhab·rāh·ma·ṇo अहोसि।a·ho·si

    eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe duṭṭhabrāhmaṇo ahosi.

    “… That being, monks, was a wicked brahmin right here in Rājagaha.

  1345. 1345

    सोso कस्सपस्सkas·sa·pas·sa सम्मासम्बुद्धस्सsam·mā·sam·bud·dhas·sa पावचनेpā·va·ca·ne भिक्खुसङ्घंbhik·khu·saṅ·ghaṃ भत्तेनbhat·te·na निमन्तेत्वाni·man·tet·vā दोणियोdo·ṇi·yo गूथस्सgū·thas·sa पूरापेत्वाpū·rā·pet·vā कालंkā·laṃ आरोचापेत्वाā·ro·cā·pet·vā एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    So kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane bhikkhusaṅghaṁ bhattena nimantetvā doṇiyo gūthassa pūrāpetvā kālaṁ ārocāpetvā etadavoca—

    At the time of Kassapa, the fully Awakened One, he had invited the Sangha of monks to a meal. He filled a trough with feces, had them informed that the meal was ready, and said,

  1346. 1346

    ‘अतो,a·to भोन्तो,bhon·to यावदत्थंyā·va·dat·thaṃ भुञ्जन्तुbhuñ·jan·tu चेवce·va हरन्तुha·ran·tu चा’”तिcā …पे…।pe

    ‘ato, bhonto, yāvadatthaṁ bhuñjantu ceva harantu cā’”ti …pe….

    ‘Sirs, eat as much as you like and take the leftovers with you.’ …”

  1347. 1347

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ निच्छविंnic·cha·viṃ इत्थिंit·thiṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तिं।gac·chan·tiṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ nicchaviṁ itthiṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantiṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a flayed woman flying through the air.

  1348. 1348

    तमेनंta·me·naṃ गिज्झापिgij·jhā·pi काकापिkā·kā·pi कुललापिku·la·lā·pi अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā वितच्छेन्तिvi·tac·chen·ti विभज्जेन्ति।vi·bhaj·jen·ti

    Tamenaṁ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajjenti.

    Vultures, crows, and hawks were pursuing her, tearing at her and pulling her to pieces,

  1349. 1349

    साsā सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    Sā sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    while she uttered cries of distress. …” …

  1350. 1350

    एसा,e·sā भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इत्थीit·thī इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he अतिचारिनीa·ti·cā·ri·nī अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    esā, bhikkhave, itthī imasmiṁyeva rājagahe aticārinī ahosi …pe….

    “… That woman, monks, was an adulteress right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1351. 1351

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ इत्थिंit·thiṃ दुग्गन्धंdug·gan·dhaṃ मङ्गुलिंmaṅ·gu·liṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तिं।gac·chan·tiṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ itthiṁ duggandhaṁ maṅguliṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantiṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a foul-smelling and ugly woman flying through the air.

  1352. 1352

    तमेनंta·me·naṃ गिज्झापिgij·jhā·pi काकापिkā·kā·pi कुललापिku·la·lā·pi अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā वितच्छेन्तिvi·tac·chen·ti विभज्जेन्ति।vi·bhaj·jen·ti

    Tamenaṁ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajjenti.

    Vultures, crows, and hawks were pursuing her, tearing at her and pulling her to pieces,

  1353. 1353

    साsā सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    Sā sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    while she uttered cries of distress. …” …

  1354. 1354

    एसा,e·sā भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इत्थीit·thī इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he इक्खणिकाik·kha·ṇi·kā अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    esā, bhikkhave, itthī imasmiṁyeva rājagahe ikkhaṇikā ahosi …pe….

    “… That woman, monks, was a fortune-teller right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1355. 1355

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ इत्थिंit·thiṃ उप्पक्कंup·pak·kaṃ ओकिलिनिंo·ki·li·niṃ ओकिरिनिंo·ki·ri·niṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तिं।gac·chan·tiṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ itthiṁ uppakkaṁ okiliniṁ okiriniṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantiṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a woman flying through the air, roasting, sweltering, and sooty.

  1356. 1356

    साsā सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    Sā sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    Vultures, crows, and hawks were pursuing her, tearing at her and pulling her to pieces, while she uttered cries of distress. …” …

  1357. 1357

    एसा,e·sā भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इत्थीit·thī कालिङ्गस्सkā·liṅ·gas·sa रञ्ञोrañ·ño अग्गमहेसीag·ga·ma·he·sī अहोसि।a·ho·si

    esā, bhikkhave, itthī kāliṅgassa rañño aggamahesī ahosi.

    “… That woman, monks, was the chief queen of the king of Kāliṅga.

  1358. 1358

    साsā इस्सापकताis·sā·pa·ka·tā सपत्तिंsa·pat·tiṃ अङ्गारकटाहेनaṅ·gā·ra·ka·ṭā·he·na ओकिरिo·ki·ri …पे…।pe

    Sā issāpakatā sapattiṁ aṅgārakaṭāhena okiri …pe….

    Overcome by jealousy, she poured a pan of burning coals over a rival. …”

  1359. 1359

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ असीसकंa·sī·sa·kaṃ कबन्धंka·ban·dhaṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तं।gac·chan·taṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ asīsakaṁ kabandhaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw the headless trunk of a body flying through the air,

  1360. 1360

    तस्सtas·sa उरेu·re अक्खीनिak·khī·ni चेवce·va होन्तिhon·ti मुखञ्च।mu·khañ·ca

    Tassa ure akkhīni ceva honti mukhañca.

    with eyes and mouth on its chest.

  1361. 1361

    तमेनंta·me·naṃ गिज्झापिgij·jhā·pi काकापिkā·kā·pi कुललापिku·la·lā·pi अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā अनुपतित्वाa·nu·pa·tit·vā वितच्छेन्तिvi·tac·chen·ti विभज्जेन्ति।vi·bhaj·jen·ti

    Tamenaṁ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajjenti.

    Vultures, crows, and hawks were pursuing it, tearing at it and pulling it to pieces,

  1362. 1362

    सोso सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    So sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    while it uttered cries of distress. …” …

  1363. 1363

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तोsat·to इमस्मिंयेवi·mas·miṃ·ye·va राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he हारिकोhā·ri·ko नामnā·ma चोरघातकोco·ra·ghā·ta·ko अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    eso, bhikkhave, satto imasmiṁyeva rājagahe hāriko nāma coraghātako ahosi …pe….

    “… That being, monks, was an executioner called Hārika right here in Rājagaha. …”

  1364. 1364

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तं।gac·chan·taṃ

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ bhikkhuṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a monk flying through the air.

  1365. 1365

    तस्सtas·sa सङ्घाटिपिsaṅ·ghā·ṭi·pi आदित्ताā·dit·tā सम्पज्जलिताsam·paj·ja·li·tā सजोतिभूता,sa·jo·ti·bhū·tā पत्तोपिpat·to·pi आदित्तोā·dit·to सम्पज्जलितोsam·paj·ja·li·to सजोतिभूतो,sa·jo·ti·bhū·to कायबन्धनम्पिkā·ya·ban·dha·nam·pi आदित्तंā·dit·taṃ सम्पज्जलितंsam·paj·ja·li·taṃ सजोतिभूतं,sa·jo·ti·bhū·taṃ कायोपिkā·yo·pi आदित्तोā·dit·to सम्पज्जलितोsam·paj·ja·li·to सजोतिभूतो।sa·jo·ti·bhū·to

    Tassa saṅghāṭipi ādittā sampajjalitā sajotibhūtā, pattopi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto, kāyabandhanampi ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ, kāyopi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto.

    His outer robe was ablaze and burning, as were his bowl, belt, and body.

  1366. 1366

    सोso सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोतिka·ro·ti …पे…pe

    So sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti …pe…

    He uttered cries of distress. …” …

  1367. 1367

    एसो,e·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu कस्सपस्सkas·sa·pas·sa सम्मासम्बुद्धस्सsam·mā·sam·bud·dhas·sa पावचनेpā·va·ca·ne पापभिक्खुpā·pa·bhik·khu अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    eso, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane pāpabhikkhu ahosi …pe….

    “… During the time of the Buddha Kassapa’s dispensation, he was a bad monk.” …

  1368. 1368

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसंad·da·saṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ …

    “Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ bhikkhuniṁ …

    “As I was coming down from the Vulture Peak, I saw a nun …

  1369. 1369

    अद्दसंad·da·saṃ सिक्खमानंsik·kha·mā·naṃ …

    addasaṁ sikkhamānaṁ …

    I saw a trainee nun …

  1370. 1370

    अद्दसंad·da·saṃ सामणेरंsā·ma·ṇe·raṃ …

    addasaṁ sāmaṇeraṁ …

    I saw a novice monk …

  1371. 1371

    अद्दसंad·da·saṃ सामणेरिंsā·ma·ṇe·riṃ वेहासंve·hā·saṃ गच्छन्तिं।gac·chan·tiṃ

    addasaṁ sāmaṇeriṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantiṁ.

    I saw a novice nun flying through the air.

  1372. 1372

    तस्साtas·sā सङ्घाटिपिsaṅ·ghā·ṭi·pi आदित्ताā·dit·tā सम्पज्जलिताsam·paj·ja·li·tā सजोतिभूता,sa·jo·ti·bhū·tā पत्तोपिpat·to·pi आदित्तोā·dit·to सम्पज्जलितोsam·paj·ja·li·to सजोतिभूतो,sa·jo·ti·bhū·to कायबन्धनम्पिkā·ya·ban·dha·nam·pi आदित्तंā·dit·taṃ सम्पज्जलितंsam·paj·ja·li·taṃ सजोतिभूतं,sa·jo·ti·bhū·taṃ कायोपिkā·yo·pi आदित्तोā·dit·to सम्पज्जलितोsam·paj·ja·li·to सजोतिभूतो।sa·jo·ti·bhū·to

    Tassā saṅghāṭipi ādittā sampajjalitā sajotibhūtā, pattopi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto, kāyabandhanampi ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ, kāyopi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto.

    Her outer robe was ablaze and burning, as were her bowl, belt, and body.

  1373. 1373

    साsā सुदंsu·daṃ अट्टस्सरंaṭ·ṭas·sa·raṃ करोति।ka·ro·ti

    Sā sudaṁ aṭṭassaraṁ karoti.

    She uttered cries of distress.

  1374. 1374

    तस्सtas·sa मय्हं,may·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so एतदहोसि—e·ta·da·ho·si

    Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi—

    And I thought

  1375. 1375

    ‘अच्छरियंac·cha·ri·yaṃ वतva·ta भो,bho अब्भुतंab·bhu·taṃ वतva·ta भो,bho एवरूपोपिe·va·rū·po·pi नामnā·ma सत्तोsat·to भविस्सति।bha·vis·sa·ti

    ‘acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho, evarūpopi nāma satto bhavissati.

    how amazing and astonishing it is that such a being should exist,

  1376. 1376

    एवरूपोपिe·va·rū·po·pi नामnā·ma यक्खोyak·kho भविस्सति।bha·vis·sa·ti

    Evarūpopi nāma yakkho bhavissati.

    such a spirit,

  1377. 1377

    एवरूपोपिe·va·rū·po·pi नामnā·ma अत्तभावप्पटिलाभोat·ta·bhā·vap·pa·ṭi·lā·bho भविस्सती’”ति।bha·vis·sa·tī

    Evarūpopi nāma attabhāvappaṭilābho bhavissatī’”ti.

    such a state of existence.”

  1378. 1378

    भिक्खूbhik·khū उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

    Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

    But the monks complained and criticized him,

  1379. 1379

    “उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no उल्लपती”ति।ul·la·pa·tī

    “uttarimanussadhammaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno ullapatī”ti.

    “He’s claiming a superhuman ability!”

  1380. 1380

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—

    The Buddha then said to them:

  1381. 1381

    “चक्खुभूताcak·khu·bhū·tā वत,va·ta भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सावकाsā·va·kā विहरन्ति।vi·ha·ran·ti

    “cakkhubhūtā vata, bhikkhave, sāvakā viharanti.

    “There are disciples who have vision

  1382. 1382

    ञाणभूताñā·ṇa·bhū·tā वत,va·ta भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सावकाsā·va·kā विहरन्ति।vi·ha·ran·ti

    Ñāṇabhūtā vata, bhikkhave, sāvakā viharanti.

    and knowledge,

  1383. 1383

    यत्रyat·ra हिhi नामnā·ma सावकोsā·va·ko एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ ञस्सतिñas·sa·ti वाvā दक्खतिdak·kha·ti वाvā सक्खिंsak·khiṃ वाvā करिस्सति।ka·ris·sa·ti

    Yatra hi nāma sāvako evarūpaṁ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sakkhiṁ vā karissati.

    who can know, see, and witness such things.

  1384. 1384

    पुब्बेवpub·be·va मेme सा,sā भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सामणेरीsā·ma·ṇe·rī दिट्ठाdiṭ·ṭhā अहोसि।a·ho·si

    Pubbeva me sā, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerī diṭṭhā ahosi.

    I too, monks, have seen that novice nun,

  1385. 1385

    अपिa·pi चाहंcā·haṃ नna ब्याकासिं।byā·kā·siṃ

    Api cāhaṁ na byākāsiṁ.

    but I didn’t speak about it.

  1386. 1386

    अहञ्चेतंa·hañ·ce·taṃ ब्याकरेय्यंbyā·ka·rey·yaṃ परेpa·re चca मेme नna सद्दहेय्युं।sad·da·hey·yuṃ

    Ahañcetaṁ byākareyyaṁ pare ca me na saddaheyyuṁ.

    If I had, others wouldn’t have believed me,

  1387. 1387

    येye मेme नna सद्दहेय्युंsad·da·hey·yuṃ तेसंte·saṃ तंtaṃ अस्सas·sa दीघरत्तंdī·gha·rat·taṃ अहितायa·hi·tā·ya दुक्खाय।duk·khā·ya

    Ye me na saddaheyyuṁ tesaṁ taṁ assa dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya.

    which would have led to their harm and suffering for a long time.

  1388. 1388

    एसा,e·sā भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सामणेरीsā·ma·ṇe·rī कस्सपस्सkas·sa·pas·sa सम्मासम्बुद्धस्सsam·mā·sam·bud·dhas·sa पावचनेpā·va·ca·ne पापसामणेरीpā·pa·sā·ma·ṇe·rī अहोसि।a·ho·si

    Esā, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerī kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane pāpasāmaṇerī ahosi.

    During the time of Buddha Kassapa’s dispensation, she was a bad novice nun.

  1389. 1389

    साsā तस्सtas·sa कम्मस्सkam·mas·sa विपाकेनvi·pā·ke·na बहूनिba·hū·ni वस्सानिvas·sā·ni बहूनिba·hū·ni वस्ससतानिvas·sa·sa·tā·ni बहूनिba·hū·ni वस्ससहस्सानिvas·sa·sa·has·sā·ni बहूनिba·hū·ni वस्ससतसहस्सानिvas·sa·sa·ta·sa·has·sā·ni निरयेni·ra·ye पच्चित्वाpac·cit·vā तस्सेवtas·se·va कम्मस्सkam·mas·sa विपाकावसेसेनvi·pā·kā·va·se·se·na एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ अत्तभावप्पटिलाभंat·ta·bhā·vap·pa·ṭi·lā·bhaṃ पटिसंवेदेति।pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·de·ti

    Sā tassa kammassa vipākena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni niraye paccitvā tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesena evarūpaṁ attabhāvappaṭilābhaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti.

    As a result of her deeds, she was tormented in hell for many hundreds of thousands of years. And now, because of the remaining result of her actions, she’s experiencing such an existence.

  1390. 1390

    सच्चं,sac·caṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मोग्गल्लानोmog·gal·lā·no आह।ā·ha

    Saccaṁ, bhikkhave, moggallāno āha.

    Moggallāna spoke truthfully.

  1391. 1391

    अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मोग्गल्लानस्सा”ति।mog·gal·lā·nas·sā

    Anāpatti, bhikkhave, moggallānassā”ti.

    There’s no offense for Moggallāna.”

  1392. 1392

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi—

    Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to the monks,

  1393. 1393

    “यतायं,ya·tā·yaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so तपोदाta·po·dā सन्दतिsan·da·ti सोso दहोda·ho अच्छोदकोac·cho·da·ko सीतोदकोsī·to·da·ko सातोदकोsā·to·da·ko सेतकोse·ta·ko सुप्पतित्थोsup·pa·tit·tho रमणीयोra·ma·ṇī·yo पहूतमच्छकच्छपोpa·hū·ta·mac·cha·kac·cha·po चक्कमत्तानिcak·ka·mat·tā·ni चca पदुमानिpa·du·mā·ni पुप्फन्ती”ति।pup·phan·tī

    “yatāyaṁ, āvuso, tapodā sandati so daho acchodako sītodako sātodako setako suppatittho ramaṇīyo pahūtamacchakacchapo cakkamattāni ca padumāni pupphantī”ti.

    “This stream, the Tapodā, flows from a lake with clear water—cool, sweet, and pure—with smooth and pleasant banks, with an abundance of fish and turtles, and with blooming lotuses the size of wheels.”

  1394. 1394

    भिक्खूbhik·khū उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

    Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

    The monks complained and criticized him,

  1395. 1395

    “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no एवंe·vaṃ वक्खति—vak·kha·ti

    “kathañhi nāma āyasmā mahāmoggallāno evaṁ vakkhati—

    “How can Venerable Mahāmoggallāna talk like this

  1396. 1396

    ‘यतायं,ya·tā·yaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so तपोदाta·po·dā सन्दतिsan·da·ti सोso दहोda·ho अच्छोदकोac·cho·da·ko सीतोदकोsī·to·da·ko सातोदकोsā·to·da·ko सेतकोse·ta·ko सुप्पतित्थोsup·pa·tit·tho रमणीयोra·ma·ṇī·yo पहूतमच्छकच्छपोpa·hū·ta·mac·cha·kac·cha·po चक्कमत्तानिcak·ka·mat·tā·ni चca पदुमानिpa·du·mā·ni पुप्फन्ती’ति।pup·phan·tī

    ‘yatāyaṁ, āvuso, tapodā sandati so daho acchodako sītodako sātodako setako suppatittho ramaṇīyo pahūtamacchakacchapo cakkamattāni ca padumāni pupphantī’ti.

    (Pāli only)

  1397. 1397

    अथa·tha चca पनायंpa·nā·yaṃ तपोदाta·po·dā कुथिताku·thi·tā सन्दति।san·da·ti

    Atha ca panāyaṁ tapodā kuthitā sandati.

    when the Tapodā is actually hot?

  1398. 1398

    उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no उल्लपती”ति।ul·la·pa·tī

    Uttarimanussadhammaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno ullapatī”ti.

    He’s claiming a superhuman ability!”

  1399. 1399

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    And they told the Buddha.

  1400. 1400

    “यतायं,ya·tā·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve तपोदाta·po·dā सन्दतिsan·da·ti सोso दहोda·ho अच्छोदकोac·cho·da·ko सीतोदकोsī·to·da·ko सातोदकोsā·to·da·ko सेतकोse·ta·ko सुप्पतित्थोsup·pa·tit·tho रमणीयोra·ma·ṇī·yo पहूतमच्छकच्छपोpa·hū·ta·mac·cha·kac·cha·po चक्कमत्तानिcak·ka·mat·tā·ni चca पदुमानिpa·du·mā·ni पुप्फन्ति।pup·phan·ti

    “Yatāyaṁ, bhikkhave, tapodā sandati so daho acchodako sītodako sātodako setako suppatittho ramaṇīyo pahūtamacchakacchapo cakkamattāni ca padumāni pupphanti.

    “Monks, the Tapodā does flow from a lake with clear water—cool, sweet, and pure—with smooth and pleasant banks, with an abundance of fish and turtles, and with blooming lotuses the size of wheels.

  1401. 1401

    अपिa·pi चायं,cā·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve तपोदाta·po·dā द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ महानिरयानंma·hā·ni·ra·yā·naṃ अन्तरिकायan·ta·ri·kā·ya आगच्छति।ā·gac·cha·ti

    Api cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, tapodā dvinnaṁ mahānirayānaṁ antarikāya āgacchati.

    But the Tapodā runs between two great hells.

  1402. 1402

    तेनायंte·nā·yaṃ तपोदाta·po·dā कुथिताku·thi·tā सन्दति।san·da·ti

    Tenāyaṁ tapodā kuthitā sandati.

    That’s why it’s hot.

  1403. 1403

    सच्चं,sac·caṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मोग्गल्लानोmog·gal·lā·no आह।ā·ha

    Saccaṁ, bhikkhave, moggallāno āha.

    Moggallāna spoke truthfully.

  1404. 1404

    अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मोग्गल्लानस्सा”ति।mog·gal·lā·nas·sā

    Anāpatti, bhikkhave, moggallānassā”ti.

    There’s no offense for Moggallāna.”

  1405. 1405

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na राजाrā·jā मागधोmā·ga·dho सेनियोse·ni·yo बिम्बिसारोbim·bi·sā·ro लिच्छवीहिlic·cha·vī·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ सङ्गामेन्तोsaṅ·gā·men·to पभग्गोpa·bhag·go अहोसि।a·ho·si

    Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro licchavīhi saddhiṁ saṅgāmento pabhaggo ahosi.

    At one time King Seniya Bimbisāra of Magadha was defeated in battle by the Licchavīs.

  1406. 1406

    अथa·tha राजाrā·jā पच्छाpac·chā सेनंse·naṃ सङ्कड्ढित्वाsaṅ·kaḍ·ḍhit·vā लिच्छवयोlic·cha·va·yo पराजेसि।pa·rā·je·si

    Atha rājā pacchā senaṁ saṅkaḍḍhitvā licchavayo parājesi.

    The king then rallied his army and beat the Licchavīs.

  1407. 1407

    सङ्गामेsaṅ·gā·me चca नन्दीnan·dī चरति—ca·ra·ti

    Saṅgāme ca nandī carati—

    People were delighted and the word spread

  1408. 1408

    “रञ्ञाrañ·ñā लिच्छवीlic·cha·vī पभग्गा”ति।pa·bhag·gā

    “raññā licchavī pabhaggā”ti.

    that the Licchavīs had been defeated by the king.

  1409. 1409

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi—

    But Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to the monks,

  1410. 1410

    “राजा,rā·jā आवुसो,ā·vu·so लिच्छवीहिlic·cha·vī·hi पभग्गो”ति।pa·bhag·go

    “rājā, āvuso, licchavīhi pabhaggo”ti.

    “The king was defeated by the Licchavīs.”

  1411. 1411

    भिक्खूbhik·khū उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

    Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

    The monks complained and criticized him,

  1412. 1412

    “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no एवंe·vaṃ वक्खति—vak·kha·ti

    “kathañhi nāma āyasmā mahāmoggallāno evaṁ vakkhati—

    “How can Venerable Moggallāna talk like this

  1413. 1413

    ‘राजा,rā·jā आवुसो,ā·vu·so लिच्छवीहिlic·cha·vī·hi पभग्गो’ति।pa·bhag·go

    ‘rājā, āvuso, licchavīhi pabhaggo’ti.

    (Pāli only)

  1414. 1414

    सङ्गामेsaṅ·gā·me चca नन्दीnan·dī चरति—ca·ra·ti

    Saṅgāme ca nandī carati—

    when people are delighted

  1415. 1415

    ‘रञ्ञाrañ·ñā लिच्छवीlic·cha·vī पभग्गा’ति।pa·bhag·gā

    ‘raññā licchavī pabhaggā’ti.

    and the word is spreading that the Licchavīs have been defeated by the king?

  1416. 1416

    उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no उल्लपती”ति।ul·la·pa·tī

    Uttarimanussadhammaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno ullapatī”ti.

    He’s claiming a superhuman ability!”

  1417. 1417

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    They told the Buddha.

  1418. 1418

    “पठमं,pa·ṭha·maṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve राजाrā·jā लिच्छवीहिlic·cha·vī·hi पभग्गो।pa·bhag·go

    “Paṭhamaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā licchavīhi pabhaggo.

    “Monks, first the king was defeated by the Licchavīs,

  1419. 1419

    अथa·tha राजाrā·jā पच्छाpac·chā सेनंse·naṃ सङ्कड्ढित्वाsaṅ·kaḍ·ḍhit·vā लिच्छवयोlic·cha·va·yo पराजेसि।pa·rā·je·si

    Atha rājā pacchā senaṁ saṅkaḍḍhitvā licchavayo parājesi.

    but then he rallied his army and beat them.

  1420. 1420

    सच्चं,sac·caṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मोग्गल्लानोmog·gal·lā·no आह।ā·ha

    Saccaṁ, bhikkhave, moggallāno āha.

    Moggallāna spoke truthfully.

  1421. 1421

    अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मोग्गल्लानस्सा”ति।mog·gal·lā·nas·sā

    Anāpatti, bhikkhave, moggallānassā”ti.

    There’s no offense for Moggallāna.”

  1422. 1422

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi—

    Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to the monks,

  1423. 1423

    “इधाहं,i·dhā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so सप्पिनिकायsap·pi·ni·kā·ya नदियाna·di·yā तीरेtī·re आनेञ्जंā·neñ·jaṃ समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no नागानंnā·gā·naṃ ओगय्हo·gay·ha उत्तरन्तानंut·ta·ran·tā·naṃ कोञ्चंkoñ·caṃ करोन्तानंka·ron·tā·naṃ सद्दंsad·daṃ अस्सोसिन्”ति।as·so·sin

    “idhāhaṁ, āvuso, sappinikāya nadiyā tīre āneñjaṁ samādhiṁ samāpanno nāgānaṁ ogayha uttarantānaṁ koñcaṁ karontānaṁ saddaṁ assosin”ti.

    “After attaining an unshakable stillness on the banks of the river Sappinikā, I heard the sound of elephants plunging in and emerging from the water, and trumpeting too.”

  1424. 1424

    भिक्खूbhik·khū उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

    Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

    The monks complained and criticized him,

  1425. 1425

    “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no आनेञ्जंā·neñ·jaṃ समाधिंsa·mā·dhiṃ समापन्नोsa·mā·pan·no सद्दंsad·daṃ सोस्सति।sos·sa·ti

    “kathañhi nāma āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āneñjaṁ samādhiṁ samāpanno saddaṁ sossati.

    “How can Venerable Mahāmoggallāna talk like this?

  1426. 1426

    उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no उल्लपती”ति।ul·la·pa·tī

    Uttarimanussadhammaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno ullapatī”ti.

    He’s claiming a superhuman ability!”

  1427. 1427

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    They told the Buddha.

  1428. 1428

    “अत्थेसो,at·the·so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve समाधिsa·mā·dhi सोso चca खोkho अपरिसुद्धो।a·pa·ri·sud·dho

    “Attheso, bhikkhave, samādhi so ca kho aparisuddho.

    “Monks, there is such a stillness, but it’s not wholly purified.

  1429. 1429

    सच्चं,sac·caṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मोग्गल्लानोmog·gal·lā·no आह।ā·ha

    Saccaṁ, bhikkhave, moggallāno āha.

    Moggallāna spoke truthfully.

  1430. 1430

    अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मोग्गल्लानस्सा”ति।mog·gal·lā·nas·sā

    Anāpatti, bhikkhave, moggallānassā”ti.

    There’s no offense for Moggallāna.”

  1431. 1431

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā सोभितोso·bhi·to भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Atha kho āyasmā sobhito bhikkhū āmantesi—

    Venerable Sobhita said to the monks,

  1432. 1432

    “अहं,a·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so पञ्चpañ·ca कप्पसतानिkap·pa·sa·tā·ni अनुस्सरामी”ति।a·nus·sa·rā·mī

    “ahaṁ, āvuso, pañca kappasatāni anussarāmī”ti.

    “I can recall five hundred eons.”

  1433. 1433

    भिक्खूbhik·khū उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

    Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

    The monks complained and criticized him,

  1434. 1434

    “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma आयस्माā·yas·mā सोभितोso·bhi·to एवंe·vaṃ वक्खति—vak·kha·ti

    “kathañhi nāma āyasmā sobhito evaṁ vakkhati—

    “How can Venerable Sobhita talk like this?

  1435. 1435

    ‘अहं,a·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so पञ्चpañ·ca कप्पसतानिkap·pa·sa·tā·ni अनुस्सरामी’ति।a·nus·sa·rā·mī

    ‘ahaṁ, āvuso, pañca kappasatāni anussarāmī’ti.

    (Pāli only)

  1436. 1436

    उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ आयस्माā·yas·mā सोभितोso·bhi·to उल्लपती”ति।ul·la·pa·tī

    Uttarimanussadhammaṁ āyasmā sobhito ullapatī”ti.

    He’s claiming a superhuman ability!”

  1437. 1437

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    They told the Buddha.

  1438. 1438

    “अत्थेसा,at·the·sā भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सोभितस्स।so·bhi·tas·sa

    “Atthesā, bhikkhave, sobhitassa.

    “Monks, Sobhita has this ability,

  1439. 1439

    साsā चca खोkho एकायेवe·kā·ye·va जाति।jā·ti

    Sā ca kho ekāyeva jāti.

    and that was just one birth.

  1440. 1440

    सच्चं,sac·caṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सोभितोso·bhi·to आह।ā·ha

    Saccaṁ, bhikkhave, sobhito āha.

    Sobhita spoke truthfully.

  1441. 1441

    अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सोभितस्सा”ति।so·bhi·tas·sā

    Anāpatti, bhikkhave, sobhitassā”ti.

    There’s no offense for Sobhita.”

  1442. 1442

    चतुत्थपाराजिकंca·tut·tha·pā·rā·ji·kaṃ समत्तं।sa·mat·taṃ

    Catutthapārājikaṁ samattaṁ.

    The fourth offense entailing expulsion is finished.

  1443. 1443

    उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खोkho आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā धम्मा,dham·mā

    Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto cattāro pārājikā dhammā,

    “Venerables, the four rules on expulsion have been recited.

  1444. 1444

    येसंye·saṃ भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā आपज्जित्वाā·paj·jit·vā नna लभतिla·bha·ti भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संवासं,saṃ·vā·saṃ

    yesaṁ bhikkhu aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā āpajjitvā na labhati bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ,

    If a monk commits any one of them, he is no longer part of the community of monks.

  1445. 1445

    यथाya·thā पुरेpu·re तथाta·thā पच्छा,pac·chā पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतिho·ti असंवासो।a·saṃ·vā·so

    yathā pure tathā pacchā, pārājiko hoti asaṁvāso.

    As before, so after: he’s expelled and excluded from the community.

  1446. 1446

    तत्थायस्मन्तेtat·thā·yas·man·te पुच्छामि—puc·chā·mi

    Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi—

    In regard to this I ask you,

  1447. 1447

    “कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा”?pa·ri·sud·dhā

    “kaccittha parisuddhā”?

    ‘Are you pure in this?’

  1448. 1448

    दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि—puc·chā·mi

    Dutiyampi pucchāmi—

    A second time I ask,

  1449. 1449

    “कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा”?pa·ri·sud·dhā

    “kaccittha parisuddhā”?

    ‘Are you pure in this?’

  1450. 1450

    ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि—puc·chā·mi

    Tatiyampi pucchāmi—

    A third time I ask,

  1451. 1451

    “कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा”?pa·ri·sud·dhā

    “kaccittha parisuddhā”?

    ‘Are you pure in this?’

  1452. 1452

    परिसुद्धेत्थायस्मन्तो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thā·yas·man·to तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī

    Parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī,

    You are pure in this and therefore silent.

  1453. 1453

    एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

    evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

    I will remember it thus.”

  1454. 1454

    पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Pārājikaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The offenses entailing expulsion are finished.

  1455. 1455

    तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

    Tassuddānaṁ

    This is the summary:

  1456. 1456

    मेथुनादिन्नादानञ्च,me·thu·nā·din·nā·dā·nañ·ca

    Methunādinnādānañca,

    “Sexual intercourse, and stealing,

  1457. 1457

    मनुस्सविग्गहुत्तरि;ma·nus·sa·vig·ga·hut·ta·ri

    manussaviggahuttari;

    Person, super—

  1458. 1458

    पाराजिकानिpā·rā·ji·kā·ni चत्तारि,cat·tā·ri

    Pārājikāni cattāri,

    The four offenses entailing expulsion,

  1459. 1459

    छेज्जवत्थूchej·ja·vat·thū असंसयाति।a·saṃ·sa·yā·ti

    chejjavatthū asaṁsayāti.

    Definitive grounds for cutting off.”

  1460. 1460

    पाराजिककण्डंpā·rā·ji·ka·kaṇ·ḍaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Pārājikakaṇḍaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The chapter on offenses entailing expulsion is finished.

Sources. Sanskrit: Satyavedaḥ, the New Testament in Sanskrit (Calcutta Baptist Missionaries, 1851; J. Wenger’s revision of W. Carey’s version). Digital text © 2018 SanskritBible.in, via eBible.org, licensed CC BY-SA 4.0; changed here: arranged by verse and every word linked to the dictionary (links made automatically). Old Testament Sanskrit: the Old Testament in Sanskrit, Calcutta Baptist Mission Press, 1848–1852 (public domain), read by OCR from the Internet Archive scans of the Boston University School of Theology copy; unproofread, with machine clean-up only. Pāli Canon: Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka Buddhavasse 2500 (based on the Vipassana Research Institute’s Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana edition), from SuttaCentral bilara-data, CC0; Devanagari and pronunciation made automatically from the Roman text. Pāli English: Bhikkhu Sujato (suttas) and Bhikkhu Brahmali (Vinaya), SuttaCentral, CC0. Pāli word meanings: the Pali Text Society’s Pali-English Dictionary (Rhys Davids & Stede), corrected reprint © The Pali Text Society, CC BY-NC 3.0, digital text from BuddhaDust; word matching automatic. English: King James Version (1769), public domain; words the translators added are in italics. Word meanings and pronunciations: Monier-Williams, Sanskrit–English Dictionary (1872), via this site’s Sanskrit dictionary (CC BY-SA 4.0); English↔Sanskrit word matches made automatically and may need checking.